Screenshot 2024-12-17 at 7.43.08 AM
Screenshot 2024-12-17 at 7.43.08 AM
CHAPTER
The term function was recognized by a German Mathematician Leibniz (1646 - 1716)
A function can be thought as a
to describe the dependence of one quantity on another. The following examples illustrates
computing machine f that takes an input x,
how this term is used:
operates on it in some way, and produces
exactly one output f(x). This output f(x) is
(i) The area “A” of a square depends on one of its sides “x” by the formula A = x2, so
called the value of f at x or image of x under
we say that A is a function of x.
f. The output f(x) is denoted by a single
(ii) The volume “ V ” of a sphere depends on its radius “r” by the formula V = 4 pr3, so
3 letter, say y, and we write y = f(x).
we say that V is a function of r.
The variable x is called the independent variable of f, and the variable y is called
A function is a rule or correspondence, relating two sets in such a way that each
the dependent variable of f. For now onward we shall only consider the function in
element in the irst set corresponds to one and only one element in the second set.
which the variables are real numbers and we say that f is a real valued function of real
Thus in, (i) above, a square of a given side has only one area.
numbers.
And in, (ii) above, a sphere of a given radius has only one volume.
Now we have a formal deinition:
Example 1: Given f(x) = x3 - 2x2 + 4x - 1, ind
(i) f(0) (ii) f(1) (iii) f(-2) (iv) f(1 + x) (v) f(1/x), x ≠ 0
1.1.2 Deinition (Function - Domain - Range)
2 3
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
4 5
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
6 7
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
1.2.4 Exponential Function The inverse hyperbolic functions are expressed in terms of natural logarithms and we
shall study them in higher classes.
A function, in which the variable appears as exponent (power), is
1 x +1
called an exponential function. The functions, y = eax, y = ex, y = 2x = (i) sinh -1 x = ln(x + x 2 + 1 ), for all x (iv) coth -1 x = ln , x < 1
2 x -1
ex ln 2, etc are exponential functions of x.
1 1 - x2
(ii) cosh -1 x = ln(x + x2 - 1 ) x ≥ 1 (v) sech -1 x = ln + , 0 < x ≤1
1.2.5 Logarithmic Function x x
1 1 + x 1 1 + x2
If x = ay , then y = loga x , where a > 0, a ≠ 1 is called Logarithmic Function of x. (iii) tanh -1 x = ln , x < 1 (vi) csch -1 x = ln +
x
, x ≠ 0
2 1-x x
(i) If a = 10, then we have log10 x (written as lg x) which is known as the common
logarithm of x.
(ii) If a = e, then we have loge x (written as In x) which is known as the natural 1.2.8 Explicit Function
logarithm of x.
If y is easily expressed in terms of the independent variable x, then y is called an explicit
function of x. For example
(i) y = x2 + 2x - 1 (ii) y= x - 1 are explicit functions of x.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
8 9
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
Symbolically it can be written as y = f(x). Note : In both the cases, for each x in the domain of f, -x must also be in the domain of f.
1.2.9 Implicit Function Example 1: Show that the parametric equations x = a cos t and y = a sin t represent
the equation of the circle x2 + y2 = a2
If x and y are so mixed up and y cannot be expressed in terms of the independent
variable x, then y is called an implicit function of x. For example, Solution: The parametric equations are
x = a cos t (i)
2
xy - y + 9
(i) x2 + xy + y2 = 2 (ii) = 1 are implicit functions of x and y.
xy y = a sin t (ii)
We eliminate the parameter “t” from equations (i) and (ii).
Symbolically it is written as f(x, y) = 0. By squaring we get, x2 = a2 cos2 t
y2 = a2 sin2 t
(ix) Parametric Functions By adding we get, x2 + y2 = a2 cos2 t + a2 sin2 t
= a2 (cos2 t + sin2 t)
Some times a curve is described by expressing both x and y as function of a third ∴ x2 + y2 = a2, which is equation of the circle.
variable “t” or “q” which is called a parameter. The equations of the type x = f(t) and y = g(t)
are called the parametric equations of the curve . Example 2: Prove the identities
The functions of the form: (i) cosh2 x - sinh2 x = 1 (ii) cosh2 x + sinh2 x = cosh 2x
x = at2 x = a cos t x = a cos q x = a sec q
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
y = at y = a sin t y = b sin q y = a tan q e x - e- x
Solution: We know that sinh x = (1)
are called parametric functions. Here the variable t or q is called parameter. 2
10 11
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
x 2 - 3x + 2 x 2 - 16
(vii) g (x) = , x ≠ -1 (viii) g (x) = , x ≠ 4
Solution: x+1 x -4
(a) f(-x) = 3(-x)4 - 2(-x)2 + 7 = 3x4 - 2x2 + 7 = f(x) 5. Given f(x) = x3 - ax2 + bx + 1
Thus f(x) = 3x4 - 2x2 + 7 is even. If f(2) = -3 and f(-1) = 0 . Find the values of a and b.
3( - x) 3x 6. A stone falls from a height of 60m on the ground, the height h afterx seconds is
(b) f ( - x) = - 2 = - f (x) approximately given by h(x) = 40 - 10x2
( - x) + 1
2
x + 1
(i) What is the height of the stone when:.
3x (a) x = 1 sec ? (b) x = 1.5 sec ? (c) x = 1.7 sec ?
Thus f (x) = is odd
x + 12
(ii) When does the stone strike the ground?
(c) f(-x) = sin(-x) + cos(-x) = -sin x + cos x ≠ ± f(x)
7. Show that the parametric equations:
Thus f(x) = sin x + cos x is neither even nor odd
(i) x = at2 , y = 2at represent the equation of parabola
y2 = 4ax
EXERCISE 1.1
(ii) x = acosq , y = bsinq represent the equation of ellipse
x2 y2
+ =1
1. Given that: (a) f(x) = x2 - x (b) f (x) = x+4 a2 b2
(iii) x = asecq , y = btanq represent the equation of hyperbola
Find (i) f(-2) (ii) f(0) (iii) f(x - 1) (iv) f(x2 + 4)
x2 y 2
f(a + h) - f(a) - =1
2. Find and simplify where, a 2 b2
h
8. Prove the identities:
(i) f(x) = 6x - 9 (ii) f(x) = sin x (i) sinh 2x = 2sinh x cosh x (ii) sech2 x = 1 - tanh2 x
(iii) f(x) = x3 + 2x2 - 1 (iv) f(x) = cos x (iii) csch2 x = coth2 x - 1
12 13
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
Thus a single composite function gf(x) is equivalent (f -1 of)(x) = f -1(f (x)) = f -1(y) = x
to two successive functions f followed by g. and (fof -1)(y) = f (f -1(y)) = f(x) = y
We note that f -1 of and fof -1 are identity mappings on the domain and range of f and
Example 1: Let the real valued functions f and g be deined by f -1 respectively.
f(x) = 2x + 1 and g(x) = x2 - 1
Obtain the expressions for (i) fg (x) (ii) gf (x) (iii) f2 (x) (iv) g2 (x) 1.3.3 Algebraic Method to ind the Inverse Function
The inverse function can be found by using the algebraic method as explained in the
following example:
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
14 15
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
Example 2: Let f : R " R be the function deined by So the value of f(x) = 2 + x - 1 varies over the interval [2, +T).
f(x) = 2x + 1. Find f -1(x) Therefore range f = [2, +T)
By deinition of inverse function f -1, we have
Remember that: domain f -1 = range f = [2, +T)
The change of name of variable in the deinition of function does not change that function and range f -1 = domain f = [1, +T)
where the domain and range coincide.
EXERCISE 1.2
Solution: We ind the inverse of f as follows:
Write f(x) = 2x + 1 = y 1. The real valued functions f and g are deined below. Find
So that y is the image of x under f. (a) fog (x) (b) gof (x) (c) fof (x) (d) gog (x)
Now solve this equation for x as follows:
y = 2x +1 3
(i) f(x) = 2x + 1 ; g (x) = , x ≠1
⇒ 2x = y - 1 x -1
1
(ii) f (x) = x +1 ; g (x) = 2 , x ≠ 0
y-1 x
⇒ x=
2 1
1 (iii) f (x) = , x ≠1 ; g(x) = (x2 + 1)2
∴ f -1
(y) = ( y - 1 ) ∴ x = f -1 (y) x -1
2
2
To ind f (x), replace y by x.
-1 (iv) f(x) = 3x4 - 2x2 ; g (x) = , x≠ 0
x
1 2. For the real valued function, f deined below, ind
∴ f -1 (x) = (x - 1)
2 (a) f -1(x) (b) f -1(-1) and verify f (f -1 (x)) = f -1 f(x)) = x
Veriication: (i) f(x) = -2x + 8 (ii) f(x) = 3x3 + 7
2x + 1
1 1 (iii) f(x) = (-x + 9)3 (iv)
f ( f -1 (x) ) = f (x - 1) = 2 (x - 1) + 1 = x f (x) =
x -1
,x>1
2 2
1 3. Without inding the inverse, state the domain and range of f -1.
and f -1 ( f (x) ) = f -1 ( 2x + 1) = ( 2x + 1 - 1) = x
2
1
(i) f (x) = x+2 (iii) f (x) = , x ≠ -3
Example 3: Without inding the inverse, state the domain and range of f -1, where x+3
f (x) = 2 + x -1 x -1
(ii) f (x) = , x≠ 4 (iv) f(x) = (x - 5)2 , x 8 5
x -4
Solution: We see that f is not deined when x < 1.
∴ Domain f = [1, +T)
As a varies over the interval [1, +T), the value of x - 1 varies over the interval [0, +T).
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
16 17
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
18 19
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
The table of values of f(x) for diferent values of x as x approaches 2 from left and Theorem 2: The limit of the diference of two functions is equal to the diference
right is as follows: of their limits.
from left of 2 2 from right of 2 Lim f ( x ) - g ( x ) = Lim f ( x ) - Lim g ( x ) = L - M
x →a x →a x →a
f(x)=x 3
1 3.375 5.832 6.859 7.8806 7.988 7.9988 8.0012 8.012 8.1206 9.261 10.648 15.625 27
Theorem 3: If k is any real number, then
The table shows that, as x gets closer and closer to 2 (suiciently close to 2), from
both sides, f(x) gets closer and closer to 8. Lim kf ( x ) = k Lim f ( x ) = kL
x →a x →a
We say that 8 is the limit of f(x) when x approaches 2 and is written as: For example: Lim ( 3 x ) = 3 Lim (x ) = 3 (2 ) = 6
x →2 x →2
f ( x ) → 8 as x → 2 or 3
lim ( x ) = 8
x →2
Theorem 4: The limit of the product of the functions is equal to the product of
1.4.5 Limit of a Function their limits.
limits will serve this purpose. Their proofs will be discussed in higher classes. 3 x + 4 Lim (3 x + 4) 6 + 4 10
For example: Lim =
x →2
= = =2
x →2
x+3 Lim (x + 3)
x →2
2+3 5
1.4.6 Theorems on Limits of Functions
Limit of f ( x ) , where n is an integer
n
Theorem 6:
( )
n
Let f and g be two functions, for which Lim f ( x ) = L and Lim g ( x ) = M , then Lim f ( x ) = Lim f ( x ) = Ln
n
x →a x →a x →a x →a
Theorem 1: The limit of the sum of two functions is equal to the sum of their limits.
( )
3
Lim ( 2 x - 3) = Lim ( 2 x - 3) = (5)3 = 125
3
For example:
Lim f ( x ) + g ( x ) = Lim f ( x ) + Lim g ( x ) = L + M
x →4 x →4
x →a x →a x →a
We conclude from the theorems on limits that limits are evaluated by merely
For example, Lim ( x + 5 ) = Lim x + Lim 5 = 1 + 5 = 6 substituting the number that x approaches into the function.
x →1 x →1 x →1
20 21
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
+a a
We simplify the given function by using algebraic technique of making factors if possible 1.5.2 Lim =
→
and cancel the common factors. The method is explained in the following important limits.
0
By substituting x = 0, we have form, so rationalizing the numerator.
0
xn - an
1.5.1 Lim = na n-1 where n is an integer and a > 0 x+a - a x + a - a x +a + a
x →a x - a ∴ Lim = Lim
x →0 x x →0
x x +a + a
Case 1: Suppose n is a positive integer. x +a -a
= Lim
x →0 x( x+a + a)
0
By substituting x = a , we get form. So we make factors as follows: x
0 = Lim
x →0 x( x+a + a)
xn - an = (x - a) (xn-1 + axn-2 + a2 xn-2 + .... + an-1)
22 23
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
Example 1: Evaluate (b) Limit as x " -T. This type of limits are handled in the same way as limits as x " +T.
1
x2 - 1 x -3 i.e. Lim = 0, where x ≠ 0
(i) Lim 2 (ii) Lim x →-∞ x
x →1 x - x x →3 x- 3
The following theorem is useful for evaluating limit at ininity.
2
x -10 Theorem: Let p be a positive rational number. If xp is deined, then
Solution: (i) Lim form (By making factors)
x →1 x2 - x
0 a a
x2 - 1 ( x - 1)( x + 1) x+1 1+1 Lim p
= 0 and Lim p = 0 ,where a is any real number.
∴ Lim 2 = Lim = Lim = =2 x →+∞ x x →-∞ x
x →1 x - x x →1 x( x - 1) x →1 x 1 6 -5 -5
For example, Lim 3 = 0 , Lim = Lim 1/ 2 = 0
x -3 0 x →±∞ x x →-∞ x x →-∞ x
(ii) Lim form (By making factors of x - 3)
x →3 x - 3 0
1 1
x -3 ( x + 3 )( x - 3) and Lim 5
= Lim 1
=0
∴ Lim = Lim x →+∞ x x →+∞
x5
x →3 x- 3 x →3 x- 3
= Lim ( x + 3)
x →3 1.5.4 Method for Evaluating the Limits at Ininity
= ( 3 + 3)
=2 3 In this case we irst divide each term of both the numerator and the denominator by
the highest power of x that appears in the denominator and then use the above theorem.
1.5.3 Limit at Ininity
5 x 4 - 10x 2 + 1
f(x) Example 2: Evaluate Lim
x →+∞ -3 x 3 + 10x 2 + 50
We have studied the limits of the functions f(x), f(x) g(x) and , when x " c (a number)
g(x)
Solution: Dividing up and down by x3 , we get
Let us see what happens to the limit of the function f(x) if c is +T or -T (limits at ininity)
i.e. when x " +T and x " -T. 5 x 4 - 10x 2 + 1 5 x - 10/x + 1/x3 ∞-0+0
Lim = Li = =∞
x →+∞ -3 3 + 10x 2 + 50 x →+∞ -3 + 10/x + 50/ 3 -3 + 0 + 0
(a) Limit as x " +T
4 x 4 - 5x 3
1 Example 3: Evaluate Lim
x →-∞ 3 x 5 + 2x 2 + 1
Let f (x) = , when x ≠ 0
x
Solution: Since x < 0, so dividing up and down by (-x)5 = -x5,
This function has the property that the value of f(x) can be made as close as we please we get
to zero when the number x is suiciently large.
4 x 4 - 5x 3 -4 / x + 5/x 2 0+0
1 Lim = Lim = =0
We express this phenomenon by writing Lim =0
5
x →-∞ 3 x + 2x + 12 x →-∞ -3 - 2/x - 1/x
3 5
-3 - 0 - 0
x →∞ x
24 25
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
Example 4: Evaluate
Deduction Lim (1 + x )1 / x = e
x →0
2 - 3x 2 - 3x
(i) L im (ii) L im 1
n
x →-∞
3 + 4x 2 x →+∞
3 + 4x 2
We know that Lim 1 + = e (i)
x →∞
n
Solution: (i) Here x 2 = x = -x as x < 0 1 1
put n = , then = x in (i)
x n
∴ Dividing up and down by -x, we get
2 - 3x -2/x + 3 0+3 3
Lim = L im = = When x → 0, n → ∞
x →-∞
3 + 4x 2 x →-∞
3 / x2 + 4 0+4 2
n
1
(ii) Here x == x == --xx as
a xx > 0 As Lim 1 + = e
∴ Dividing up and down by x, we get
x →∞
n
Lim (1 + x )
1/ x
∴ =e
x →0
2 - 3x 2/x + 3 0-3 -3
Lim = Lim = =
x →+∞
3 + 4x 2 x →+∞
3 / x2 + 4 0+4 2
ax - 1
1.5.6 Lim = loge a
n x →0 x
1
1.5.5 Lim 1 + = e.
x →+∞
n
Put ax - 1 = y (i)
then ax = 1 + y
By the Binomial theorem, we have
So x = loga (1 + y)
1
n
1 n( n - 1 ) 1
2
n( n - 1 )( n - 2 ) 1
3 From (i) when x " 0, y " 0
1 + = 1 + n + + +...
n n n 2! 3! n
1 1 1 1 2
= 1 +1 + 1 - + 1 - 1 - + . . . a -1 y 1
x
1
n
∴ L im 1 + = 1 + 1 +
1
+
1
n n n
+
1
+
1
+...
= Lim
1
y →0 log ( 1 + y)
a
1 / y
=
1
log a e
= log a e (
Lim( 1 + y)1/ y = e
y →0 )
x →∞
n 2! 3! 4! 5!
= 1 + 1 + 0.5 + 0.166667 + 0.0416667 + ... = 2.718281 ... ex - 1
As approximate value of e is = 2.718281. Deduction Lim = loge e = 1.
x→0 x
n
1
a -1
∴ Lim 1 + = e .
x
x →+∞
n We know that Lim = log e a (1)
x →0 x
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
26 27
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
1 Many limit problems arise that cannot be directly evaluated by algebraic techniques. They
(i) Lim (e x ) = ∞ (ii) Lim (e x ) = Lim - x = 0,
x →∞ x →-∞ x →-∞
e require geometric arguments, so we evaluate an important theorem.
a
(iii) Lim = 0 , where a is any real number. sinq
x →±∞
x 1.5.8 If q is measured in radian, then Lim =1
q →0 q
Example 5: Express each limit in terms of the number ‘e’
Proof: To evaluate this limit, we apply a new technique. Take q a positive acute central angle
2n
of a circle with radius r = 1. As shown in the igure, OAB represents a sector of the circle.
1
3
(a) Lim 1 + (b) Lim (1+2h) h
n→+∞
n h →0
Given OA = OB = 1 (radii of unit circle)
2n
n
6 n
6 In terms of q, the areas are expressed as:
3 3 3
1 3
Produce OB to D so that AD ⊥ OA. Draw BC ⊥ OA. Join AB
1 + = 1 + = 1 +
n n n / 3
1 1 1
(i) Area of ∆OAB = OA BC = (1)(sinq ) = sinq
6 put m = n/3 2 2 2
3
2n
1
m
when n → ∞ ,
∴ Lim 1 + = Lim 1 + = e6 1 1 1
n (ii) Area of sector OAB = r 2q = (1)(q ) = q ( r = 1)
n→+∞ m→+∞
m m → ∞ 2 2 2
1 1 1
and (iii) Area of ∆OAD = OA AD = (1)(tanq ) = tanq
2 2 2
1
(b) Observe the resemblance of the limit with Lim (1 + x) = e , x
From the igure we see that
x →0
28 29
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
EXERCISE 1.3
q 1 p
1< < 0 < q <
sinq cos q 2 1. Evaluate each limit by using theorems of limits:
sinq sinq
i.e., 1> > cos q or cos q < <1 (i) Lim (2x + 4) (ii) Lim (3x 2 - 2x + 4) (iii) Lim x2 + x + 4
q q x →3 x →1 x →3
when q " 0, cos q " 1
Sin q 2 x 3 + 5x
Since is sandwitched between 1 and a quantity approaching 1 itself. (iv) Lim x2 - 4 (v) Lim ( x3 + 1 - x2 + 5 ) (vi) Lim
q
x →2 x →2 x →-2 3x - 2
So, by the sandwitch theorem, it must also approach 1. 2. Evaluate each limit by using algebraic techniques.
sinq
i.e., lim =1 x3 - x 3 x3 + 4x x3 - 8
q →0 q (i) Lim (ii) Lim 2 (iii) Lim 2
x+1 x →2 x + x - 6
x →-1 x →0
x +x
Note: The same result holds for -p/2 < q < q
x3 - 3x 2 + 3x - 1 x3 + x 2 2x 2 - 32
sin 7q (iv) Lim (v) Lim 2 (vi) Lim 3
Example 6: Evaluate: lim
x →1 x3 - x x →-1
x - 1 x →4 x - 4x 2
q →0 q x- 2 x+h - x xn - an
sinq (vii) Lim (viii) Lim (ix) Lim
Solution: Observe the resemblance of the limit with lim =1 x →2 x - 2 h →0 h x →a xm - am
q →0 q
Let x = 7q so that q = x/7 3. Evaluate the following limits
when q " 0 , we have x " 0
sin 7 x sin x 0 1 - cos q
sin 7q sin x sin x (i) Lim (ii) Lim (iii) Lim
∴ Lim = Lim = 7 Lim = (7)(1) = 7 x →0 x x →0 x q →0 sinq
q →0 q x →0 x/7 x →0 x
sin x sina x x
(iv) Lim (v) Lim (vi) Lim
x →p p - x x →0 sinbx x →0 tan x
1 - cos q
Example 7: Evaluate: Lim 1 - cos 2 x 1 - cos x sin 2 q
q →0 q (vii) Lim (viii) Lim (ix) Lim
1 - cos q 1 - cos q 1 + cos q x →0 x2 x →0 sin 2 x q →0 q
Solution: = .
q q 1 + cos q sec x - cos x 1 - cos p q tanq - sinq
(x) Lim (xi) Lim (xii) Lim
x →0 x q →0 1 - cos qq q →0 sin3 q
1 - cos 2 q sin 2 q sinq 1
= = = sinq
q (1 + cos q ) q (1 + cos q ) q 1 + cos q 4. Express each limit in terms of e:
1 - cos q sinq 1
∴ lim = lim sinq lim lim n
q →0 q q →0 q →0 q q →0 1 + cos q 1
2n
1 2 1
n
30 31
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
Lim f ( x) = L is read as the limit of f(x) is equal to L as x approaches c from the left i.e., Therefore Lim f ( x) does not exist.
x →c x →4
for all x suiciently close to c, but less than c, the value of f(x) can be made as close as we We have seen that sometimes Lim f ( x) = f (c) and sometimes it does not and also sometimes
x →c
please to L.
f (c) is not even deined whereas Lim f ( x) exists.
x →c
32 33
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
x2 - 9 EXERCISE 1.4
Now Lim f( x ) = Lim
x →3 x →3 x -3
= Lim
( x + 3)( x - 3) 1. Determine the left hand limit and the right hand limit and then, ind the limit of the
x →3 x -3 following functions when x " c
= Lim ( x + 3) = 6
x →3
x2 - 9
As Lim f( x ) = 6 = f( 3 ) (i) f(x) = 2x + x - 5, c = 1
2
(ii) f( x ) = , c = -3
x →3 x - 3
∴ f (x) is continuous at x = 3 (iii) f( x ) = x - 5 , c=5
34 35
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
2 x + 5 if x ≤ 2 We now learn the method to draw the graphs of the Explicit Functions like y = f(x) ,
(i) f ( x) = ,c =2 where f(x) = ax, ex, loga x , and loge x.
4 x + 1 if x 2
3 x - 1 if x < 1 1.7.1 Graph of the Exponential Function f(x) = ax
(ii) f ( x) = 4 if x = 1, c = 1
2 x if x > 1 Let us draw the graph of y = 2x, here a = 2.
We prepare the following table for diferent values of x and f(x) near the origin:
x -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4
3x if x ≤ - 2 y = f(x) = 2 0.0625 0.125 0.25 0.5 1
x
2 4 8 16
2
3. If f ( x) = x - 1 if - 2 < x < 2
3 if x ≥ 2
Plotting the points (x, y) and joining them with smooth
Discuss continuity at x = 2 and x = -2 curve as shown in the igure, we get the graph of y = 2x.
From the graph of 2x the characteristics of the graph
x + 2 , of y = ax are observed as follows:
x ≤ -1
If a > 1, (i) ax is always +ve for all real values of x.
4. If f ( x) = , find "c" so that Lim f ( x) exists.
x →-1 (ii) ax increases as x increases.
c + 2 , x > -1 (iii) ax = 1 when x = 0
(iv) ax " 0 as x "-T
5. Find the values m and n, so that given function f is continuous
at x = 3.
36 37
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
38 39
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
y ±3 27 0 27 0
± ±
4 4
Ploting the points (x, y), connecting these points with a smooth curve as shown in the
igure, we get the graph of an ellipse.
40 41
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab 1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
Plot the points (x, y). Connecting these points we get two straight lines, which is the Scale for graphs
graph of a discontinuous function. p
Along x-axis, length of side o f small square = radian
6
x2 - 9 Along y-axis, length of side of small square = 0.1 unit
Example 2: Graph the function deined by y = , x≠3
x - 3 Two points (0, 0) and ( (p/3,1) lie on the line y = x
Solution: The domain of the function consists of all real numbers except 3.
We prepare a table for some values of x and y in the interval -p 7 x 7 p it satisfying the
0
When x = 3, both the numerator and denominator are zero, and is undeined. equation y = cos x.
0
x 2 - 9 ( x - 3)( x + 3)
Simplifying we get y = = = x + 3 provided x ≠ 3 . x -p -5p/6 -2p/3 -p/2 -p/3 -p/6 0 p/6 p/3 p/2 2p/3 5p/6 p
x - 3 x - 3
y = cos x -1 -.87 -.5 0 -.5 .87 1 .87 .5 0 -.5 -.87 -1
We prepare a table for diferent values of x and y satisfy the equation y = x + 3 and x ≠ 3.
X -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 2.9 3 3.1 4
Y 0 1 2 3 4 5 5.9 6 6.1 7
42 43
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
1. Functions and Limits eLearn.Punjab
Note: Since the scales along the two axes are diferent so the line y = x is not equally
inclined to both the axes.
EXERCISE 1.5
x2 y2
(i) x +y =9
2 2
(ii) + =1
16 4
x - 1 if x < 3
(i) y=
2x + 1 if x ≥ 3
x2 - 4
(ii) y= x ≠ 2
x-2
x + 3 if x ≠ 3
(iii) y=
2 if x = 3
x 2 - 16
(iv) y= x ≠ 4
x-4
4. Find the graphical solution of the following equations:
(i) x = sin 2 x
x
(ii) = cos x
2
(iii) 2 x = tan x
version: 1.1
44
version: 1.1
CHAPTER
2 DIFFERENTIATION
Usually the small changes in the values of the variables are taken as increments of variables.
2.1 INTRODUCTION
Note: In this Chapter we shall discuss funcions of the form y = f(x) where xdDf and is
The ancient Greeks knew the concepts of area, volume and centroids etc. which are
called an independent variable while y is called the dependent variable.
related to integral calculus. Later on, in the seventeenth century, Sir Isaac Newton, an English
mathematician (1642-1727) and Gottfried Whilhelm Leibniz, a German mathematician,
2.1.1 AVERAGE RATE OF CHANGE
(1646-1716) considered the problem of instantaneous rates of change. They reached
independently to the invention of diferential calculus. After the development of calculus,
Suppose a particle (or an object) is moving in a straight line and its positions (from
mathematics became a powerful tool for dealing with rates of change and describing the
some ixed point) after times t and t1 are given by s ( t ) and s ( t1 ) , then the distance traveled in
physical universe.
the time interval t1 - t where t1 > t is s ( t1 ) - s ( t )
Dependent and Independent Variables
s ( t1 ) - s ( t )
In diferential calculus, we mainly deal with the rate of change of a dependent variable and the diference quotient (i)
t1 - t
with respect to one or more independent variables. Now, we irst explain the terms dependent
and independent variables. represents the average rate of change of distance over the time interval t1 - t .
We usually write y =∈f ( x ) where f ( x ) is the value of f at x D f (the domain of the function If t1 - t is not small, then the average rate of change does not represent an accurate rate
of change near t. We can elaborate this idea by a moving particle in a straight line whose
f ). Let us consider the functional relation v = f ( x ) = x 2 + 1 ....... (A)
position in metres after t seconds is given by
For diferent values of x ∈ D f , f ( x ) or the expression x 2 + 1 assumes diferent values.
s (t ) = t 2 + t
For example; if x = 1, 1.5, 2 etc., then
f (1) = (1) + 1 = 2 , f (1.5 ) = (1.5 ) + 1 = 2.25 + 1 = 3.25
2 2
We construct a table for diferent values of t as under:
Interval Average rate of change (i.e. average speed)
f ( 2) = ( 2) + 1 = 4 + 1 = 5
2
We see that for the change 1.5 - 1 = 0.5 in the value of x , the corresponding change in t = 3 secs to t = 5 secs s ( 5 ) - s ( 3) ( 25 + 5 ) - ( 9 + 3) 30 - 12
= = =9
5-3 2 2
the value of y or f ( x ) is given by
f (1.5 ) - f (1) = 3.25 - 2 = 1.25 t = 3 secs to t = 4 secs s ( 4 ) - s ( 3) (16 + 4 ) - 12 20 - 12
= = =8
It is obvious that the change in the value of the expression x + 1 (or f ( x ) ) depends
2
4-3 1 1
upon the change in the value of the variable x . As x behaves independently, so we call it the t = 3 secs to t = 3.5 secs 49 7 15
+ - 12
independent variable. But the behaviour of y or f ( x ) depends on the variable x , so we call it s ( 3.5 ) - s ( 3) 4 2
= = 4 =7.5
the dependent variable. 3.5 - 3 0.5 0.5
The change in the value of x (positive or negative) is called the increment of x and is
denoted by the symbol d x (read as delta x ). The corresponding change in the dependent We see that none of average rates of change approximates to the actual speed of the
variable y or f ( x ) for the change d x in the value of x is denoted by d y or d f = f ( x + d x ) - f ( x ) . particle after 3 seconds.
2 3
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
3.1 - 3 0.1 0.1 provided this limit exists, is called the instantaneous rate of change of f with respect to x
4 5
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
dy f ( x + d x) - f ( x)
2.2 FINDING f’(x) FROM DEFINITION
lim
d x →0 d x
= lim
d x →0 dx
(vi) OF DERIVATIVE
dy dy dy
lim is denoted by , so (vi) is written as = f ' ( x)
d x →0 d x dx dx Given a function f , f ' ( x ) if it exists, can be found by the following four steps
Step I Find f ( x + d x )
Step II Simplify f ( x + d x ) - f ( x )
dy
Note: The symbol is used for the derivative of y with respect to x and here it is not a
dx f ( x + d x) - f ( x)
dy Step III Divide f ( x + d x ) - f ( x ) by d x to get and simplify it
quotient of dy and dx. is also denoted by y ’. dx
dx f ( x + d x) - f ( x)
Step IV Find lim
d x →0 dx
Now we write, in a table the notations for the derivative of y = f ( x ) used by diferent The method of inding derivatives by this process is called diferentiation by deinition
mathematicians: or by ab-initio or from irst principle.
Name of Leibniz Newton Lagrange Cauchy
Mathematician Example 1: Find the derivative of the following functions by deinition
dy df (a) f ( x ) ==c (b) f ( x )
Notation used for derivative f ( x) f ' ( x) Df ( x ) x2
dx or dx
If we replace x +dx by x and x by a, then the expression
f ( x + d x ) - f ( x ) becomes f ( x ) - f ( a ) . and the change d x in the independent variable, in this Solution: (a) For f ( x ) = c
case, is x - a . (i) f ( x + d x) = c
(ii) f ( x + d x) - f ( x) = c - c = 0
f ( x + d x) - f ( x) f ( x) - f (a)
So the expression is written as (vii)
dx x-a f ( x + d x) - f ( x) 0
(iii) = =0
dx dx
Taking the limit of the expressiom(vii) when x → a , gives
f ( x + d x) - f ( x)
(iv) lim = lim ( 0 ) = 0
f ( x) - f (a) d x →0 dx d x →0
lim = f ' ( a ) . Here f ' ( a )
x →a x-a
d
is called the derivative of f at x = a . Thus f ' ( x ) = 0 , that is, (c) = 0
dx
(b) For f(x) = x2
f ( x + d x) = ( x + d x)
2
(i)
f ( x + d x ) - f ( x ) = ( x + d x ) - x 2 = x 2 + 2 xd x + (d x ) - x 2
2 2
(ii)
= 2 xd x + (d x )2 = ( 2 x + d x ) d x
6 7
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
or
f ( x + d x ) - f ( x ) ( 2 x + d x )d x
(iii) = + = ≠2 x d x , (d x 0) Putting x = a in f ( x ) == x , gives f (a) a
dx dx
So f ( x) - f (a) = x - a
f ( x + d x) - f ( x)
(iv) lim = lim ( 2 x + d x ) = 2 x Using alternative form for the deinition of a derivative, we have
d x →0 dx d x →0
f ( x) - f (a) x- a
i.e., f ' ( x) = 2x =
x-a x-a
=
( x +dx - x )( x +dx + x ) rationalizing the
numerator
lim
f ( x) - f (a)
==lim
1 1
x →a x-a x →a x+ a a+ a
x +dx + x
1
( x + d x) - x i.e., f '( a ) =
= 2 a
x +dx + x
dx
i.e., f ( x + d x) - f ( x) = (I)
x +dx + x 1 dy
Example 3: If y = , then find at x= - 1 by ab-initio method.
(iii) Dividing both sides of(1)by d x , we have
2
x dx
f ( x + d x) - f ( x) dx 1 Solution: Here y =
1
, so (i)
== ≠ (d x 0)
x2
dx d x( x + d x + x) x +dx + x
(iv) Taking limit of both the sides as d x → 0 , we have 1
y +d y = (ii)
( x + d x)
2
f ( x + d x) - f ( x) 1
lim = lim Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get
d x →0 dx d x →0
x +dx + x
1 1
i.e., f ' ( x) = = ( x > 0) 1 1 x - ( x + d x)
2 2
x+ x 2 x dy= - 2= 2
( x + d x) x ( x + d x)
2 2
1 x
and f '( a ) =
2 a
=
( x + ( x + d x ))( x - ( x + d x ))
x2 ( x + d x )
2
8 9
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
==
( 2 x + d x )( -d x ) -d x ( 2 x + d x )
(iii)
3 3
3
2
2
x2 ( x + d x ) x2 ( x + d x ) ( + d )
-
2 2
x x 3 x
( x + d x)
2
- x2
==
Dividing both sides of (iii) by d x, , we have 4 2 2 4 4 2 2 4
( x + d x) 3 + ( x + d x ) .x + x
3 3 3
( x + d x) 3 + ( x + d x ) .x + x
3 3 3
d y -d x ( 2 x + d x ) -( 2x + d x)
== ≠ (d x 0)
d x ( 2x + d x)
d x x 2 ( x + d x )2 d x x ( x + d x)
2 2
i.e., f ( x + d x) - f ( x) = (i)
4 2 2 4
( x + d x)
+ ( x + d x ) .x + x 3 3 3 3
- ( 2x )
= (Using quotient theorem of limits) Taking limit of both the sides as d x → 0 , we have
x2 ( x2 )
dy -2 dy -2 -2 2x
2x 2
i.e., = and =|x =-1 = 3 = 2 f '( x ) = = 4 = 4
dx x3 dx ( -1) -1 4 2
x + x .x + x 3 3 x 3
3 3
2
3
3x
1
3
2 1
dy dy and f '(8) = 1
=
Note: The value of at x = -1 is written as | . 3
dx dx x=-1 3.(8) 3
d y = ( x + d x ) + 2 ( x + d x ) + 3 - x3 + 2 x + 3
3
(ii)
2
f ( x + d x) = ( x + d x) 3
= ( x + d x ) - x3 + 2 ( x + d x ) - x + ( 3 - 3)
3
and
= ( x + d x ) - x ( x + d x ) + ( x + d x ) x + x 2 + 2d x
2
2 2
4 2 2 4
( x + d x ) - x ( x + d x ) + ( x + d x ) . x + x
3 3 3 3 3 3
d y d x ( x + d x ) + ( x + d x ) x + x + 2d x
2 2 2 2
f ( x + d x ) - f ( x) = ( x + d x ) 3 - x3 =
4 2 2 4
(iii) =
( x + d x ) 3 + ( x + d x ) 3 .x 3 + x 3 dx dx
10 11
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
= ( x + d x ) + ( x + d x ) x + x2 + 2
2
d n d 0
Note: If n = 0, then the formula
dx
( x ) = nx n-1 reduces to
dx
( x ) = 0 x 0-1 = 0 i.e.,
dy
= lim ( x + d x ) + ( x + d x) x + x 2 + 2
2
(iv) lim
d x →0 d x d x →0 d
(1) = 0 which is correct by example 1 part (a).
dy dx
= (x) 2 + ( x ) x + x 2 + 2
dx
d 3
i.e.,
dx
( x + 2 x + 3) = 3 x 2 + 2 (b) Let y = x n where n is a negative integer.
and d y = ( x + d x ) - xn
n Subtracting (i) from (ii). gives
Using the binomial theorem, we have
1 x - ( x + d x)
m m
1
dy= - m= m
( x + d x) x ( x + d x)
m m
n(n - 1) n-2 x
d y = x n + nx n-1.d x + x ( (d x 2+) ...
+ (d x) n )- x n
2 m ( m - 1) m-2 m
x (d x ) + ... + (d x )
2
x m - x m + mx m-1d x +
2
=
n(n - 1) n-2 x ( x + d x)
m m
i.e., d y = d x nx n-1 + x+ .+d x ... (d x) n-1 (i)
2
(expanding ( x + d x ) by binomial theorem)
m
Note that each term on the right hand side of (ii) involves d x except the irst term, so
dy -1 m ( m - 1) m-2
(d x )
m -1
and = m+ . mx m-1 + +
m
x .d x ...
taking the limit as d x → 0 , we get
dy
= nx n-1
d x x ( x + d x) 2
dx
Taking limit when d x → 0 , we get
d n
As y ==x , so n
dx
( x ) n.x n-1
dy -1
= m m ( mx m-1 ) (all terms containing d x ,vanish)
dx x .x
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
12 13
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
d
[ x ] = nx n-1 , if n ∈ Z
n
So far we have proved that 1
We ind the derivatives of ( ax + b ) and
n
dx from the irst principle when n ∈ N
( ax + b )
n
d n n n
( ax +b ) ( ax b ) ( ad+x ) +( ax b ) ( ad +x ) + ... ( ad x )
n n -1 n-2 2 n
Note that x = nx n-1 is called power rule. y +d y =+ 1 +
dx 2
n n
d y = ( y + d y ) - y = ( ax + b ) ( ad x ) + ( ax + b ) .a 2 (d x ) + ... + a n (d x )
n -1 n-2 2 n
Exercise 2.1 1
2
n n n -1
= d x ( ax + b ) .a + ( ax + b ) .a 2d x + ... + a n (d x )
n -1 n-2
1. Find by deinition, the derivatives w.r.t ‘x’ of the following functions deined as:
1 2
1 1 1
(i) 2 x2 + 1 (ii) 2- x (iii) (iv) (v)
x x3 x-a d y n n
= ( ax + b ) a + ( ax + b ) .a 2d x + ... + a n (d x )
n -1 n-2 n -1
So
3 5 d x 1 2
2 1
(vi) x ( x - 3) (vii) (viii) ( x + 4 ) (ix) x (x) x
2 2
3
x4 Taking limit when d x → 0 , we have
xm , m ∈ N 1 40 -100
(xi) (xii) (xiii) x (xiv) x dy n n n -1
x ,m∈ N
m
lim = lim ( ax + b ) .a + ( ax + b ) .a 2d x + ... + a n (d x )
n -1 n-2
d x →0 d x
1 2
d x →0
dy dy n
2. Find from irst principle if = ( ax + b ) .a [All other terms tends to zero when d x → 0 ]
n -1
Or
dx dx 1
d
( ax + b ) = n ( ax + b ) .a
n n -1
Thus
1 dx
(i) x+2 (ii)
x+a
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
14 15
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
1 n
+ ( ax + b ) .a 2d x + ... + a n (d x ) ]
n-2 n -1
Example 2: Find from irst principle, the derivative of w.r.t. ‘ x ’,
( ax + b )
n
2
dy 1 n
( ax- b ) .a
n -1
1 and = [
n
+
dx
( ax + b ) + ad x ( ax + b )
n
Solution: Let y = (when n is a positive integer). Then 1
( ax + b )
n
n
+ ( ax + b ) .a 2d x + ... + a n (d x ) ]
n-2 n -1
1 2
y +d y = and
a ( x + d x ) + b
n
( ax + b ) - ( ax + b + ad x )
n n
d y dy
or dy= lim
d x→0 d x dx= and
( ax + b ) + ad x ( ax + b )
n n
dy 1 n
. ( ax
- b ) .a
n -1
= all other +terms containing
( ax + b ) ( ax + b ) 1
n n
-1 dx d x vanish
+ n x ( ax b ) ad x ( ax b) ]
n n
or dy= + + -n (I)
( ax + b ) + ad x ( ax + b )
Using the binomial theorem, we simplify the expression
d 1 -na -( n +1)
or = n
=- + n+1 = n ( ax b ) .a
( ax + b ) + ad x - ( ax + b ) ,That is, dx ( ax + b ) ( ax + b )
n n
n
( ax + b ) + ad x - ( ax + b ) = [( ax + b ) + ( ax + b ) ( ad x )
n n n n -1
Exercise 2.2
1
n 1. Find from irst principles, the derivatives of the following expressions w.r.t. their
+ ( ax + b ) .a 2 (d x ) + ... + ( ad x ) ]
n-2 2 n
respective independent variables:
2
(i) ( ax + b ) (ii) ( 2 x + 3)
3 5
n n
= ( ax + b ) .ad x + ( ax + b ) .a 2 (d x ) + ... + a n (d x )
n -1 n-2 2 n
1 2
1
( 3t + 2 )
-2
(iii) (iv)
n n n -1
( ax + b )
5
= d x ( ax + b ) .a + ( ax + b ) a 2d x + ... + a n (d x )
n -1 n-2
1 2 1
(v)
( az - b )
7
Now (I) becomes
dx n
( )
n -1
dy= [ -
ax b .a +
( ax + b ) + ad x ( ax + b )
n n
1
16 17
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
dy d d d
or = cf ' ( x ) =
'
c f ( x ) = cf ' ( x ) or f ( x ) + g ( x ) = f ( x ) + g ( x )
dx dx dx dx
18 19
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
Note: Sum or diference formula can be extended to ind derivative of more than two
functions. Example 3: ( )(
Find the derivative of y = 2 x + 2 x - x with respect to x. )
Example 1:
3 2 1
Find the derivative of y = x 4 + x3 + x 2 + 2 x + 5 w.r.t. x .
(
Solution: y = 2 x + 2 x - x )( )
4 3 2 =2 ( ) (
x +1 . x )
x -1 = 2 x ( x +1 )( x -1 )
3 4 2 3 1 2 32 1
Solution: y = x + x + x + 2x + 5 = 2 x ( x + 1) = 2 x - x 2
4 3 2
Diferentiating with respect to x, we have Diferentiating with respect to x , we have
dy 3 4 2 3 1 2 d 3 d 2 d 1 d d
x + x + x + 2 x + 5 = x 4 + x 3 + x 2 + ( 2 x ) + ( 5 ) dy d 32 1
dx 4 3 2 dx 4 dx 3 dx 2 dx dx = 2 x - x 2
dx dx
(Using formula 4)
d 32 d 12 3 23 - 1 1 12 - 1
3 d 4 2 d 3 1 d 2 d = 2 x - x = 2 x - x
=
4 dx
( x )+
3 dx
( x )+
2 dx
( x ) + 2 ( x) + 0
dx
(Using formula 3 and 1) dx dx 2 2
-1
1
1 3x - 1
3 2 1 = 3x 2 - x 2 = 3 x - =
= ( 4 x 4-1 ) + ( 3 x3-1 ) + ( 2 x 2-1 ) + 2 (1.x1-1 ) (By power formula) x x
4 3 2
5. Derivative of a product. (The product Rule)
= 3x3 + 2 x 2 + x + 2
Solution: y = ( x 2 + 5 )( x3 + 7 ) = x5 + 5 x3 + 7 x 2 + 35 d d
f ( x ) g ( x ) =+ f ( x ) g ( x )
d
f ( x ) g ( x )
Diferentiating with respect to x, we get dx dx dx
20 21
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
f ( x + d x) - f ( x) f ( x + d x) - f ( x) g ( x + d x) - g ( x) 1 1
(iii)
dx
= +
dx
+ g ( x d x)
f ( x)
dx
= 2
2 x
x- x +( ) ( )
x + 1 x 1 -
2 x
Taking limit when d x → 0 x- x
= 2
2 x
+ x +1 ( ) 2 2 x x- 1
f ( x + d x) - f ( x)
(iv) lim 1
d x →0 dx = x - x + 2x - x + 2 x - 1
x
f ( x + d x) - f ( x) g ( x + d x) - g ( x) 3x - 1
= lim .g ( x + d x ) + f ( x ) . =
d x →0
dx dx x
f ( x + d x) - f ( x) g ( x + d x) - g ( x)
= lim . lim g ( x + d x ) + lim f ( x ) . lim 6. Derivative of a Quotient (The Quotient Rule)
d x →0 dx d x →0 d x →0 d x →0 dx
(Using limit theorems) f
If f and g are diferentiable at x and g ( x ) ≠ 0 , for any x ∈ D ( g ) then is diferentiable
g
Thus f ' ( x ) = f ' ( x ) g ( x ) + f ( x ) g ' ( x ) lim g ( x + d x ) = g ( x )
d x →0 '
f ( x) f '( x ) g ( x ) - f ( x ) g '( x )
d d d at x and =
f ( x ) .g ( x ) =+ f ( x ) .g ( x ) f ( x ) g ( x ) g ( x) g ( x )
2
or
dx dx dx
d d
d f ( x)
f ( x )
g ( x ) - f ( x ) g ( x )
dx dx
(
Example: Find derivative of y = 2 x + 2 x - x with respect to x )( ) that is, =
dx g ( x ) g ( x )
2
(
Solution: y = 2 x + 2 x - x )( ) Proof: Let f ( x ) =
f ( x)
Then
g ( x)
= 2 ( x + 1)( x - x )
f ( x + d x)
Diferentiating with respect to x, we get (i) f ( x + d x) =
g ( x + d x)
f ( x + d x) f ( x) f ( x + d x) g ( x) - f ( x) g ( x + d x)
dy
dx
d
=2
dx
( )(
x +1 x - x
) (ii) f ( x + d x) - f ( x) = -
g ( x + d x) g ( x)
=
g ( x) g ( x + d x)
d
= 2
dx
( )(
x +1 x - x +
) ( x +1 ) dxd ( x - x ) Subtracting and adding f ( x ) g ( x ) in the numerator of step (ii), gives
1 12 - 1 1 12 - 1 f ( x + d x) g ( x) - f ( x) g ( x) - f ( x) g ( x + d x) + f ( x) g ( x)
= 2 x + 0 x - x + ( ) ( )
x + 1 × 1 - x
f ( x + d x) - f ( x) =
g ( x) g ( x + d x)
2 2
1
= ( f ( x + d x ) - f ( x ) ) g ( x ) - f ( x ) ( g ( x + d x ) - g ( x ) )
g ( x) g ( x + d x)
22 23
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
(iii) f ( x + d x) - f ( x) 1 f ( x + d x) - f ( x) g ( x + d x) - g ( x) 1
=- .g ( x ) f ( x ). Using the product rule to f ( x ) . , we have
dx g ( x) g ( x + d x) dx dx g ( x)
Taking limit when d x → 0 d 1 d 1 d 1
f ( x ). =+ f ( x ) . f ( x ).
dx g ( x ) dx g ( x) dx g ( x )
f ( x + d x) - f ( x)
(iv) lim
dx d d
f ( x ) - g ( x )
d x →0
= dx + f ( x ) dx
g ( x) g ( x )
2
1 f ( x + d x) - f ( x) g ( x + d x ) - g ( x )
lim
x →0 g ( x ) g ( x + d x )
. g ( x ) - f ( x ) . d d
d x d x f ( x ) g ( x ) - f ( x ) g ( x )
d f ( x ) dx
dx
i.e., =
Using limit theorems, we have dx g ( x ) g ( x )
2
f '( x ) = -
1
f '( x ) g ( x )
g ( x ) .g ( x )
(
f ( x ) g +' ( x ) = lim g ( x d x ) g ( x) ) 32
d x →0
dy
( )
x + 1 x - 1
,
Example 2: Find if y = 1 ( x ≠ 1)
dx
d d x2 -1
dx f ( x ) g ( x ) - f ( x ) dx g ( x )
'
f ( x ) f '( x ) g ( x ) - f ( x ) g '( x ) d f ( x)
Thus == or Solution: Given that
g ( x) g ( x ) dx g ( x ) g ( x )
2 2
1 = x + 1 + 2 x + x x + x = x + 2x + 2x + 1
2 2
24 25
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
32 2 x +1 x + x +1
( )
x + 1 x - 1
with respect to x.
x
2 x
==
-
2 x 2x + x - x - x - 1 x -1
Example 3: Diferentiate 3 1 = 3
x x.2 x
x2 - x2 2x 2
32 2 x3 - 3x 2 + 5
( )
x + 1 x - 1
Example 4: Diferentiate
x2 + 1
with respect to x .
Solution: Let y = 2 x3 - 3x 2 + 5
Solution: Let f ( x ) = . Then we take
3 1
x2 - x2 x2 + 1
32 f ( x ) = 2 x3 - 3 x 2 + 5 and g ( x ) = x 2 + 1
( )
x + 1 x - 1
= Now f ' ( x) =
d
2 x3 - 3 x 2 + 5 = 2 ( 3 x 2 ) - 3 ( 2 x ) + 0 = 6 x 2 - 6 x
x ( x - 1) dx
(
==
x +1 )( )(
x -1 x + x +1 ) ( x - 1) ( x + x +1 ) and g' ( x ) =
d 2
x + 1 = 2 x + 0 = 2x
dx
x ( x -1 ) x ( x -1) f '( x ) g ( x ) - f ( x ) g '( x )
Using the quotient formula: f ' ( x ) = ,we obtain
x + x +1 g ( x )
2
=
x
d 2 x 3 - 3 x 2 + 5 ( 6 x - 6 x )( x + 1) - ( 2 x + 3 x + 5 ) ( 2 x )
2 2 3 2
Diferentiating with respect to x , we have
=
dx x 2 + 1 ( x 2 + 1)
2
dy d x + x + 1
= 6 x 4 - 6 x3 + 6 x 2 - 6 x - ( 4 x 4 - 6 x3 + 10 x )
dx dx x =
(x + 1)
2 2
x
d
dx
(
x + x +1 - x + x +1
d
dx
) ( ) ( x) 6 x 4 - 6 x3 + 6 x 2 - 6 x - 4 x 4 + 6 x3 - 10 x
= =
( ) (x + 1)
2 2
2
x
1 - 12 1 - 12 2 x 4 + 6 x 2 - 16 x
x 1 + x + 0 - x + x + 1 . x
2 2
( ) =
(x 2
+ 1)
2
=
x
x 1 +
1
2 x
- x + x +1
1
2 x
( ) EXERCISE 2.3
=
x Diferentiate w.r.t. x
a+x
1. x 4 + 2 x3 + x 2 2. x -3 + 2 x -3/2 + 3 3.
a-x
26 27
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
for each x in the domain of g for which g(x) is in the domain of f . f g ( x ) is read as f of g ( ) or
d n n -1
g ( x ) = n g ( x ) .g' ( x )
du
= g' ( x )
of x). dx dx
28 29
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
du dy dy a+x + a-x
Now ==3 x 2 and 9u 8 (Power formula) Example 3: Find if y = ( x ≠ 0)
dx du dx a+x - a-x
dy du
Using the formula = 9u 8 , we have
dx dx a+x + a-x
Solution: y=
d 3 du a+x - a-x
( x + 1) = 9 ( x3 + 1) ( 3 x 2 ) u = x3 +1 and
9 8
or =3 x 2
dx dx Multiplying the numerator and the denominator by a + x - a - x , gives
= 27 x ( x + 1)
2 3 8
a-x y=
( a+x + a-x )( a+x - a-x )
,( x ≠ -a ) with respect to x
Example 2: Diferentiate
a+x ( a+x - a - x )( a+x - a - x)
a-x a-x 1
( ) ( )
2 2
Solution: Let y= and u == . Then y u 2 a+x - (a + x) - (a - x)
a-x 2x
a+x a+x = ==
Now
dy 1 12 - 1 1 - 12
= u = u
( a + x ) + ( a - x ) - 2 a 2 - x 2 2a - 2 a 2 - x 2 (
2 a - a2 - x2 )
du 2 2
d d x
du d a - x dx
( a - x ) ( a + x ) - ( a - x ) dx ( a + x )
that is, y =
a - a2 - x2
and = =
dx dx a + x (a + x)
2
Let f ( x ) = x and g ( x ) = a - a 2 - x 2 , then
( 0 - 1)( a + x ) -==
( a - x )( 0 + 1) -a - x - a + x -2a d 1
1 2 1
2 2 -1 d
= f ( x ) ' = 1 and -g' ( x ) = 0- - (=a 2 x-
2 2
) ( a -x ) ( a2 x2 )
(a + x) (a + x) (a + x)
2 2 2
dx 2 dx
1 x
dy dy du -= -x ( 2=x )
Using the formula = . , we have 2 a2 - x2 a2 - x2
dx du dx
dy f ' ( x ) g ( x ) - f ( x ) g ' ( x )
1 Using the formula = , we have
g ( x )
2
d a - x 1 - 12 -2a 1 a - x
-
2 -2a a-x dx
= u 2
= × 2
u =
dx a + x 2 ( a + x ) 2 a + x (a + x) a+x
1 dy
(
1. a - a 2 - x 2 - x. ) x
a2 - x2
( a - x ) × -a =
-
-a =
( )
2
2
= dx a - a2 - x2
( )
1 2 1 3
(a + x)
-
2 a + x (a - x) (a + x)2
2
a a2 - x2 - ( a2 - x2 ) - x2 a a2 - x2 - a2
= =
( ) ( )
2 2
a -x a- a -x
2 2 2 2
a2 - x2 a - a2 - x2
30 31
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
=
(
-a a - a 2 - x 2 ) =
-a y = ( ax + b )
n
= ( ax + b )
-m
=
1
( ax + b )
m
(i)
(a - ) (a - )
2 2
a -x
2 2
a -x
2 2
a -x2 2
a -x2 2
d
( ax + b ) . Let+u = ax b. Then
m
We first find
dx
3
dy
( ) d d d
= (u m ) = (u m )
du
3
Example 4: if y = 1 + 2 x .x 2 ( ax + b )
m
Find (using chain rule)
dx dx dx dx dx
12
3
d
=+mu m-1 x a=m ( ax b ) ( ax + b ) = a
3 m -1
( ) ( ) .a
3
Solution: + y = 1 +2 =x .x 2
1 2 x x dx
Now diferentiating (i) w.r.t.’ x ’, we have
1
Let (
u = 1 + 2 x .x ) 2
(i )
d d
(1) .( ax + b ) - 1. ( ax + b )
m m
Then y = u 3 ( ii ) dy d 1
dx dx
==
Differentiating (ii) with respect to u , we have dx dx ( ax + b )m ( ax + b )m
2
2
1
dy
( ) ( ) 0.( ax + b ) - 1.m ( ax + b ) .a
2 m m -1
+= = 3u 2 3+ =1 2 x x 2 3 1 2 x .x =
dx ( ax + b )
2m
1+ 2 x 2 x +1+ 2 x 1+ 4 x
+ = =1 = dy p
2 x 2 x 2 x Example 6: if y = x n where n =
Find ,q≠0
dx q
dy dy du
Using the formula = . ,we have p p
dx du dx Solution: Given that y = x n where≠ n = , q =0. putting n ,we have
q q
d 3
1+ 4 x
( ) ( )
3 2 p
1 + 2 x . x 2
+ = 3 1 2 x .x x
dx y =x q
(i)
2 x
Taking qth power of both sides of (i), we get
3
( ) ( )
2
+= 1 2 x+ x 1 4 x
2 yq = x p (ii)
Diferentiating both sides of (ii) w.r.t. ‘ x ‘ , gives
+= (1 2 x+) ( x 4x )
d q d p d q dy d p
Example 5: If y = (ax + b) where n is a negative integer, ind
n
dy
using quotient theorem dx
(y ) =
dx
(x ) or
dy
(y ) .
dx
=
dx
( x ) (Using chain rule)
dx
dy
⇒ q y q -1 = px p -1 (iii)
Solution: Let n = -m where m is a positive integer. Then dx
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
32 33
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
Multiplying both sides of (iii) by y, we have Now we explain the method of inding derivatives of functions given in the form of
parametric equations by the following examples.
dy dy
q . yq = py x p -1 or q. x p = p . x x p -1 (using (i) and (ii))
dx dx
p p dy
dy p 1 p +p-1-p Example 1: Find if x = at 2 and y = 2at.
⇒ = . p . x q x p -1 = × xq dx
dx q x q
p
p q -1 p dy
= x = nx n-1
q = n Solution: We use the chain rule to find
q dx
d n dy d
Thus (x ) n x n-1 . Here = (2at ) = 2a.1=2a
dx dt dt
dx d
and = (at 2 ) = a (2t ) = 2at
dt dt
2.5 DERIVATIVES OF INVERSE FUNCTIONS
dy
If for each x d Df , f(x) = y and for each y d Dg, g(x) = x, then f and g are inverse of each dy dy dt 2a 2a
so = . = dt = = ( 2a = y )
other, that is, dx dt dx dx 2at y
( g o f )( x ) = g( f ( x )) = g( y ) = x (i) dt
and ( f o g )(y ) = f (g (y )) = f (x) = y (ii) y
2
y2 y2
Eliminating t, we get x = a = a. = ⇒ y 2 = 4ax (i)
Using chain rule, we can prove that 2a 4a 2
4a
f '( x ). g'( y ) = 1 Diferentiating both sides of (i) w.r.t. ‘ x ’ we have
1 d 2 d
⇒ f ' (x) = (y ) = (4ax)
g' (y ) dx dx
d 2 dy d dy
dy (y ) . = 4a (x) ⇒ 2y = 4a (1)
f (x ) = y ⇒ f ' (x ) = dx dx dx dx
dy 1 dx
⇒ = dy 2a
dx dx and g (y ) = x ⇒ g'(y ) = dx ⇒ =
dx y
dy dy
is called a parameter and the equations of x and y in terms of t are called the parametric Diferentiating (i) w.r.t. ‘ t ’ ,we get
equations.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
34 35
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
dy d d d
= (1- t 2 ) = (1) - ( t 2 ) = 0 - 2t = - 2t d d
( 2t ) (1 + t ) - 2t x (1 + t )
2 2
dt dt dt dt
dy d 2t dt dt
==
dt 1 + t 2 (1 + t 2 )
2
Diferentiating (ii) w.r.t. ‘ t ’ ,we have dt
dy d d d 2 (1 + t 2 ) - 2t ( 2t ) 2 (1 - t 2 )
= ( 3t 2 - 2t 2 ) = ( 3t 2 ) - ( 2t 3 ) = = 2 =
2 + 2t 2 - 4t 2
= 2
2 - 2t 2
dt dt dt dt
(1 + t 2 ) (1 + t 2 ) (1 + t ) (1 + t )
2 2 2 2
= 3 ( 2t ) - 2 ( 3t 2 ) = 6t - 6t 2 = 6t (1 - t )
2 (1 - t 2 )
Applying the formula dy
dy dy dt dt (1 + t )
2 2
2 (1 - t 2 ) t 2 - 1
= . = = = =
dx dt dx dy - 4t -4t 2t
dy
(1 + t )
2
dy dy dt dt dx 2
= . =
dx dt dx dx
dt
6t (1- t )
2.7 Differentiation of Implicit Relations
= = -3 (1- t ) = 3 ( t -1)
-2t
Sometimes the functional relation is not explicitly expressed in the form y = f ( x )
dy 1- t 2 2t
Example 3: Find if x = , y = but an equation involving x and y is given. To ind dy from such an equation, we diferentiate
dx 1+ t 2 1+ t dx
each term of the equation and use the chain rule where it is required.The process of inding
(i ) and y
2t
( ii ) dy
1+ t 2
1+ t 2 in this way, is called implicit diferentiation. We explain the implicit diferentiation in the
dx
Diferentiating (i) w.r.t. ‘ t ’ ,we get following examples.
d d
dx d 1- t dt
2 (1- t 2 ) (1+ t 2 ) - (1- t 2 ) . (1+ t 2 )
dt dy
= = Example 1: Find if x 2 + y 2 = 4
2 dx
dt dt 1+ t (1 + t )2 2
36 37
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
2x + 2 y
dy
=0 dy dy 2 ( 2 - x ) 2 - x
⇒ 2y = 4 - 2x ⇒ = = (ii)
dx dx dx 2y y
dy dy x
or x + y = 0 ⇒- = Note: Solving (i) for y , we have
dx dx y
y2 = 5 + 4x - x ⇒ y = ± 5 + 4 x - x2
Solving (i) for y in terms of x, we have
Thus y = 5 + 4 x - x 2 (iii)
y±= -4 x 2
or y = - 5 + 4 x - x2 (iv)
⇒ y = 4- x 2
(ii)
Each of these equations (iii) and (iv) deines a function.
or y-= -4 x 2
(iii)
Let y = f1 ( x ) = 5 + 4 x - x2 (v)
dy
found above represents the derivative of each of functions deined as in dx and y = f1 ( x ) = - 5 + 4 x - x 2 . (vi)
dx
(ii) and (iii) Diferentiation (v) w.r.t. ‘ x ‘ , we get
1 1
2- x
From (ii)
dy
=
1
x ( --2 x ) =
x f1 ' ( x ) = ( 5 + 4 x - x ) × ( 4 - 2 x ) =
2 - 2
dx 2 4 - x 2 2 5 + 4x - x2
4 - x2
x
(
= - 4 - x2 = y
y
) From (v) , 5 + 4 x - x 2 = y, = so f1 ' ( x )
2- x
y
-x
From (iii)
dy
=-
1
x ( -2 x ) = =-
x
- 4 - x = y ( ) 1 1
2- x
dx 2 4 - x2 - 4 - x2 y
Also f 2 ' ( x ) = -
2
( 5 + 4 x - x )
2 - 2
× ( 4 - 2x) =
- 5 + 4 x - x2
2- x
dy From (vi) - 5 + 4 x - x 2 = y, = so f2 ' ( x )
Example 2: Find ,if y 2 + x 2 - 4 x = 5. y
dx
Thus (ii) represents the derivative of f1 ( x ) as well as that of f 2 ( x ) .
Solution: Given that y + x - 4 x = 5
2 2
(i)
38 39
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
1 2 ( x - 1) 2 ( x 2 - 1)( x 2 + 1)
d 2 d 4
y - xy - x 2 + 4 = ( 0 ) = 0 dy 1
dx dx = 2 x + ( -2 ) . 3 = 2 x - 3 = =
dx x x x3 x3
dy dy du 1 1 x2 + 1
or 2y - 1.y + x - 2 x + 0 = 0 and = 1 - ( -1) . 2 = 1 + 2 = 2
dx dx dx x x x
dy 2 x + y dy dx 2 ( x - 1)( x + 1) 2 ( x 2 - 1)
2 2
dy x2 1
⇒ (2 y - x) =+
2x y ⇒ = Thus
dy
= . = =. = - 2 x
dx dx 2 y - x du dx du x3 x2 + 1 x x
Example 4: Find
dy
if y 3 - 2 xy 2 - x 2 y + 3 x = 0. EXERCISE 2.4
dx
dy
Solution: Diferentiating both sides of the given equation w.r.t. ‘x’ we have 1. Find by making suitable substitutions in the following functions deined as:
dx
d 3 d 1- x a+x
y - 2 xy 2 + x 2 y + 3 x = ( 0 ) = 0 (i) y= (ii) y= x+ x (iii) y=x
dx dx 1+ x a-x
d 3 d d d
or
dx
( y ) - ( 2 xy 2 ) + ( x 2 y ) + ( 3 x ) = 0
dx dx dx
(iv) y = ( 3x 2 - 2 x + 7 )
6
(v)
a2 + x2
a2 - x
d 3 d dy
dx
( y ) - 2 1.y 2 + x ( y 2 ) + 2 xy + x 2 + 3 = 0
dx dx dy
2. Find if:
d 3 d 2 dx
Using the chain rule on
dx
( y ) and
dx
( y ) , we have (i) 3x + 4 y + 7 = 0 (ii) xy + y 2 = 2
dy dy dy (iii) x 2 - 4 xy - 5 y = 0 (iv) 4 x 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0
3y 2
- 2 y 2 + x 2 y + 2 xy + x 2 +3=0
dx dx dx
(v) x 1+ y + y 1+ x = 0 (vi) y ( x 2 - 1) = x x 2 + 4
dy
or (3 y 2
- 4 xy + x 2 )
dx
= 2 y 2 - 2 xy - 3
dy
3. Find of the following parametric functions
dy 2 y 2 - 2 xy - 3 dx
⇒ = 2
dx 3 y - 4 xy + x 2
1 a (1 - t 2 ) 2bt
1 1 (i) x =q + and y = q +1 (ii) x == , y
Example 5: Diferentiate x 2 + w.r.t. x - q 1+ t2 1+ t2
x2 x
dy 1- t2 2t
Solution: Let
+ y = x-2
1
= and u x
1
. Then 4. Prove that y + x = 0 if x = , y=
x2 x dx 1+ t 2
1+ t
40 41
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
5. Diferentiate
1 dx
(i) x2 - w.r.t x 4 (ii) (1 + x )
2 n
w.r .t x2 sin dx
dx 2 → 0
2
x 2
=+lim cos x dlim
x2 + 1 x -1 ax + b ax 2 + b dx
→0 2 →0 d x
x
(iii) w.r .t (iv) w.r .t 2 2
2 when d x → 0
x -1
2
x +1 cx + d ax 2 + d
x2 + 1 dx
(v) w.r .t x3 dx sin
dy 2
x -1
2
Thus = cos x+.1. =lim cos= x cos x and lim 1
dx d x / 2 →0 2 d x / 2 →0 dx
2
2.8 DERIVATIVES OF TRIGONOMETRIC Let y = cos x, then y + d y = cos ( x + d x )
FUNCTIONS and d y = cos ( x + d x ) - cos x
= cos x cos d x - sin x sin d x - cos x
While inding derivatives of trigonometric functions, we assume that x is measured in
1 - cos d x
sin x 1 - cos x - - x sin d x cos x
= sin
radians. The limit theorems lim ==1 and lim 0 are used to ind the derivative dx
x →0 x x →0 x
formulas for sin x and cos x. dy sin d x 1- cos d x
= ( sin x ) . - cos x -
We prove from irst principle that dx dx dx
dy sin d x 1 - cos d x
d d lim = -lim ( sin x ) - cos x
( sin x ) = cos x and ( cox x )= - sin x d x →0 d x d x →0
dx dx
dx dx
Let y = sin x Then y + d y = sin ( x + d x ) sin d x 1 - cos d x
= lim ( - sin x ) - lim - cos x
d x →0 d x d x →0 dx
and d y = sin ( x + d x ) - sin x
x +dx + x x +d x - x dx dx
sin d y
= 2 cos sin
= +2 cos x sin
2 2 2 2
dy d x→0 d x = 1and
lim
Thus - = ( sin
- x ) .1 ( cos x )( 0 )
dx 1 - cox d x
dx dx dx dlim = 0
2 cos x + sin sin x →0
dx
dy 2 dx 2
= +cos x
2
= d
dx dx 2 dx or ( cos x ) = - sin x
2 dx
d d
d x Now using ( sin x ) = cos x and ( cos x )= - sin x, we prove that
sin dx dx
dy dx 2
lim = lim cos x + dx d d
d x →0 d x d x →0
2 ( sec x ) ==sec x tan x and ( cot x ) cosec 2 x
2 dx dx
42 43
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
44 45
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
46 47
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
48 49
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
1=
d d dy
( tan y ) = ( tan y ) = sec 2 y
dy p
When y ∈ - ,0 ,cosec y and cot y are negative
dx dx dx dx 2
dy 1 p p
⇒ = ∈ 2- for y , As cosec y = x, so x is negative in this case
dx sec y 2 2
1 1 and cot y = - cosec 2 y - 1 = - x 2 - 1 when x < -1
= = for x ∈ R
1 + tan y 1 + x 2
2
d 1 d -1
Thus Tan -1 x =∈ 2 for x R Thus Co sec -1 x = < - (x 1)
dx 1+ x dx
(
x - x2 - 1 )
Proof of (4). Let y = Co sec -1 x (i) -1
=<- (x 1)
( - x ) x2 - 1
p p
Then x = Co
= sec∈y -or x cos
- ec y for y , {0} (ii)
2 2
d 1
cosec -1 x = - for x ∈ [ -1, 1]'
dx | x | x2 - 1
d d dy dy x
1 == ( cosec y ) ( cosec y ) Example 1: Find if y = x Sin -1 + a 2 + x 2
dx dx dx dx a
dy
= ( - cosec y cot y )
dx x
Solution: Given that y = x Sin -1 + a 2 + x 2
dy 1 p p a
⇒ = - for y ∈ - , -{0}
dx cosec y cot y 2 2
Diferentiating w.r.t. x , we have
p dy d d x d
When y ∈ 0 , , cos ec y and cot y are positive. x
= x Sin -1 + a 2 + x 2 = x Sin -1 + ( a 2 + x 2 )
1/ 2
2 dx dx a dx a dx
As cosec y = x , so x is positive in this case x 1 d x 1 2 1
d 2
-1
= 1 . Sin + x. . + .(+a x )
2 2 -1
(+a x2 )
and cot y = co sec y - 1 = x -1 for all x > 1 a x dx a 2 dx
2 2 2
1-
a
d -1
Thus
dx
( Co sec -1 x ) => for x 1
x x2 - 1
50 51
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
dy
3. Find if
x 11 1 dx
Sin -1 +x . + .( -2 x )
a x2 a 2 a2 - x2 (i) y = x cos y (ii) x = y sin y
1- 2
a
x a 1 1 x 4. Find the derivative w.r.t. x
Sin -1 + x . - = Sin -1
a a2 - x2 a a2 - x2 a
1+ x 1 + 2x
(i) cos (ii) sin
1 + 2x 1+ x
x dy 4 (1 + y 2 )
Example 2: If y ==tan 2 Tan -1 ,show that 5. Diferentiate
2 dx 4+ x 2
x dy
Solution: Let u = 2 Tan -1 , then 6. If tan y (1 + tanx-) = 1 tan x,show that - = 1
2 dx
dy dy
y = tan u ⇒ = sec 2 u = 1+ tan 2 u = 1 + y 2 7. If y = tan x + tan x + tan x + ...∞ ,prove that -( 2 y 1=) sec 2 x.
du dx
du d -1 x 1 d x 2 1 4 dy
and = 2=Tan =2. =
. . 8. If x = a cos 3 q , y = b sin3 q , show that
+ a = btanq 0
dx dx 2 2 2
x dx 2 1 + x 2 4 + x2 dx
1+ dy
2 4 9. Find if x = a ( cos t + sin t ) , y = a ( sin t - t cos t )
dx
dy dy du 4 4 (1 + y 2 )
Thus + == . = (1 y 2 ) .
dx du dx 4 + x2 4 + x2 10. Diferentiate w.r.t. x
x x 1 a
(i) Cos -1 (ii) Cot -1 (iii) Sin -1
EXERCISE 2.5 a a a x
x2 + 1 2x
1. Diferentiate the following trigonometric functions from the irst principle, (iv) Sin -1 1 - x 2 (v) Sec -1 2 (vi) Cot -1 2
x -1 1- x
(i) sin x (ii) tan 3 x (iii) sin 2 x + cos 2 x (iv) cos x 2
1 - x2
(v) tan x2
(vi) tan x (vii) cos x (vii) Cos -1
2
1+ x
52 53
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
or
d x
( e ) = ex ( ii ) Let u == x Then y au ( A)
dx
du d 1/ 2 1 -1/ 2 1
2. Let y = a x , then and = (x ) = x =
dx dx 2 2 x
y + d y = a x +d x and d y = a x +d x - a x = a x . ad x - a x = a x ( ad x - 1)
Diferentiating both sides of ( A ) w.r.t. 'x' , gives
Dividing both sides by d x , we have
dy d u d du dy dy du
dy a -1dx =
dx dx
( a ) = ( au ) =
du dx
dx
.
du dx
= ax
dx dx du d x
==( a u ln a ) . Using ( a ) a x ln a
dy ad x - 1 x ad x - 1 lim dx dx
Thus ==lim a x = a . lim ax ax
dx d x→0 d x d x →0
d x d x → 0
Thus
d
dx
a( ) = (ax x
)
ln a .
1
2 x
=
du
u = x and dx
1
2 x
54 55
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
ln a 1 dy 1 dx
= .a x
. Now = ln 1 +
2 x dx dx x
x
1 x d x 1 d x d x
= . ln 1 + = ln 1 +
Example 2: Differentiate y = a x w.r.t. x. x dx x x x
x
x
dy 1 dx 1 d x
dx x d
Thus lim = lim ln 1 + = lim ln 1 +
d x →0 d x d x →0 x x x d x →0 x
Solution: Here y = a x
= e x ln a x
dy 1 d x d x
Diferentiating w.r.t. ‘ x ‘ , we have =+ . ln lim 1
dx x d x →0 x
x
dy d
= e x ln a , ( x ln a ) dx
dx dx → 0 when d x → 0
==a .( In a )
x
( e x In a ax ) x
==a x .( In a ) ( e ax ) lim
1
1
( )
x In a
= ln e
z →0 1 + z z =e
x
1 1
= .1 = = ( log e e 1)
x x
2.11 DERIVATIVE OF THE LOGARITHMIC FUNCTION Now we ind derivative of the general logarithmic function.
Let y = log a x then
Logarithmic Function:
y + d y = log a ( x + d x ) and
If a > 0 a ≠ 1 and x = a , then the function defind by
x +dx dx
d y = log a ( x + d x ) - log a x = log = log a 1 +
y =>log a x
( x 0) x
x
is called the logarithm of x to the base a. dy 1 dx 1 x dx
= log a 1 + = . log a 1 +
The logarithmic functions log e and log x x
10 are called natural and common logarithms dx dx x x dx x
respectively, y =log e x is written as y = ln x . x
1 d x d x
= log a 1 +
x x
d
( In x ) .
x x
We first find dy 1 d x
d x 1 d x x
d
dx Thus
= lim log a 1 +
= lim log a 1 +
dx d x→0 x x x d x →0 x
Let y = ln x Then
y + d y = In ( x + d x ) and lim x
1 dx x
d
=+ log a d x 1
x +dx dx x x
d y = ln ( x + d x ) - ln x = = ln 1 + x →0
x x
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
56 57
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
1 dy
dy dy du 1 1 du . = f ' ( x)
Thus = . = . y dx
dx du dx u ln 10 dx
dy
×= y f '=( x ) e× ( ) f ' ( x )
f x
So
1 dx
=+ 2 ( 2ax b )
( ax + bx + c ) ln 10 or (
d f ( x)
e )
= e ( ) × f ' ( x)
f x
dx
d 2ax + b
or
dx
log10 ( ax 2
+ bx + c ) =
(ax + bx + c) ln 10
2
x x2 + 3
Example 2: Find derivative of
x2 + 1
Example 2: Differentiate ln ( x 2 + 2 x ) w.r.t. ' x '.
x x2 + 3
Solution: Let y = 2 ......( i )
Solution: Let y = ln ( x 2 + 2 x ) , then
( x + 1)
Taking logarithm of both sides, we have
dy d 1 d
= ln ( x 2 + 2 x ) = 2 . ( x2 + 2 x ) ( Using chain rule ) x x2 + 3
dx dx ( x + 2 x ) dx ln y = ln 2
x +1
(
= ln x x 2 + 3
) - ln ( x 2 + 1)
1 2 ( x + 1)
= .( 2 x + 2 ) = 2
x + 2x
2
x + 2x 1
or ln y = ln x + ln ( x 2 + 3) - ln ( x 2 + 1) ......( ii )
= (2
d 2 x + 1) 2
Thus
dx
ln ( x 2
+ 2 x ) x + 2x Diferentiating both sides of (ii) w.r.t ‘ x ‘,
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
58 59
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
1 dy 1 d e 2 x + e -2 x + 2 - ( e + e - 2)
2x -2 x
4
= 1 . In ( In x ) + x . . ( In x ) ==
(e + e ) -x 2
(e + e- x )
2
y dx In x dx x x
2
1 1 1 2
= In ( In x ) + x . . = In ( In x ) + = x -x
=sec h 2 x.
In x x In x e +e
dy 1 x 1 The following results can easily be proved.
= y In ( In x ) + = ( In x ) In ( In x ) +
dx In x In x
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
60 61
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
dy or e 2 y - 2 xe y - 1 = 0
Solution: Let u = x ,then 2
y = tanh u ⇒ = sec h 2 u
du Solving the above equation for e y , we have
du d 2 x ± 4 x2 + 4
= (x ey =
and
dx dx
) = 2x 2
2 x ± 2 x2 + 1
= = x ± x2 + 1
dy dy du du 2
Thus = . = sec h 2 u . = sec h×2 ( x 2 ) 2x
dx du dx dx
As e y is positivefor y ∈ R, so we discard
d
or tanh x 2 = 2 x sec h 2 x 2
dx x - x2 + 1
(
Thus e y = x + x 2 + 1 ⇒ y = In x + x 2 + 1 )
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
62 63
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
( )
-1
Derivative of cosh -1 x:
⇒ sinh x = In x + x + 1 2
∈ -1∞x ; ∈ x ∞[1 ) , y
Let y = cosh [0, )
Proof of ( ii )
Let y = cosh -1 x for x ∈ [1 , ∞ ), y ∈ [ 0 ,∈ ), then Then x = cosh y
e y + e- y
x = cosh y ⇒ x = ⇒ e 2 y - 2e y + 1 = 0 ......( I )
2
dx dy 1 dy 1
2 x ± 4 x2 - 4 2 x ± 2 x2 - 1 and = sinh y ⇒ = =
Solivng ( I ) gives, e =y
= = x ± x2 - 1 . dy dx sinh y dx dx
2 2
dy
e y = x - x 2 - 1 can be written as y =In x ( -x 2 1- ) dy 1 1
( )
ln x - x 2 - 1 is negative for all x > 1, that is Thus
dy d
== ( cosh
dx dx
> -1 x )
1
x2 - 1
(x 1)
for each x ∈ (1,∞ ) , y ∉ ( 0 ,∞ ) ,so we discard this value of e y
(
As cosh -1 x = In x + x 2 - 1 , so )
(
Thus e y = x + x 2 + 1 which give y = In x + x 2 - 1 , that is )
(
cosh -1 x = In x + x 2 - 1 . ) d
cosh x =
dx
-1 1
1 +
x + x 2 - 1
2x
=
1
2 x 2 - 1 x + x 2 - 1
.
x2 - 1 + x
=
x2 - 1
1
x2 - 1
Derivative of sinh -1 x :
Derivative of tanh -1 x :
Let y =∈sinh -1 x ; x , y R
Let y = tanh -1 x ; x ∈ ( -1, 1) , y ∈ R
Then x = sinh y
dx dy 1 =dy 1
Then x =tanh y and = sec h 2 ⇒ =
dy dx sec h 2 y dx dx
dx dy 1 dy 1 dy
= cosh y ⇒ = =
dy dx cosh y dx dx
dy 1 1
dy
=
dx 1 - tanh 2 y
=
1 - x2
(sec h= y - 1
2
tanh 2 y )
dy 1 1 d 1
or =
dx cosh y
=
1 + sinh 2 y
> ( cosh y 0) Thus
dx
( tanh -1 x ) =<
1 - x2
; -1<x <1or x 1
64 65
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
EXERCISE 2.6
d 1
dx
( sec h -1 x ) = - ; 0 <x <1
x 1 - x2
1. Find f ' ( x ) if
d 1
dx
( -
cosech -1
x) = > ;x 0 1
x 1 + x2 (i) f ( x) = e x -1
(ii) f ( x) = x e 3 x
( x ≠ 0) (iii) f ( x ) = e x ( I + ln x )
d 1
or
dx
( cos ech -1 x ) = - ; x ∈R -{0}
x 1 + x2 e ax - e - ax
(iv) ex
f ( x) = -x (v) ln ( e + e
x -x
) (vi) fx = ax
e +1 e + e - ax
( )
dy
Example 1: Find if y = sinh -1 ( ax + b ) (vii) f (x) = ln ( e 2 x + e -2 x ) (viii) f (x) = ln e 2 x + e -2 x
dx
d
sinh -1 ( ax + b ) =
1 du d
+( ax = b )
(iv) y = x ln21
x
(v)
x2 - 1
y = ln 2
x +1
(vi) (
y = ln x + x 2 + 1 )
Thus .a = a
1 + ( ax + b ) dx y = e - x ( x3 + 2 x 2 + 1)
dx dx
y = ln ( 9 - x 2 )
2
(vii) (viii) y = e -2 x sin 2 x (ix)
y = ( x + 1)
x
(x) y = x e sin x (xi) y = 5e3 x -4 (xii)
dy
Example 2: Find ≤ -≤
if y = cosh 1
( sec x ) 0 x p /2
dx
x 2 - 1 ( x + 1)
(xiii) y = ( ln x ) (xiv) y=
ln x
(x +1)
3/ 2
Solution: Let u = sec x, then
3
dy
y = cosh -1 u ⇒
dy
=
1 3. Find if
dx dx
u2 -1
and
du d
= ( sec x ) = sec x tan x (i) y = cosh 2 x (ii) y = sinh 3 x
dx dx
p p
Thus
dy
=
dy du
. =
1
.
du (iii) - -1 <( sin< x )
y = tanh x (iv) y = sinh -1 ( x3 )
dx du dx 2 2
u - 1 dx
2
1 1 x
= == ( sec x tan x ) ( sec x tan x ) sec x (v) y = ln ( tanh x ) (vi) y = sinh -1
sec x tan x 2
d
or cosh -1 ( sec x ) = sec x
dx
66 67
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
1 x2 + a2 + x
dy d2y d3y dny =×
x+ x +a
2 x +a
2 2 2 2
dx dx 2 dx3 dx n
y1 y2 y3 yn
That is, dy = 1 (ii)
dx x +a2 2
Dy D 2y D 3y D ny
Diferentiating (ii) w.r.t. ‘ x ’, we have
df d2 f d3 f dn f
d2y d 2 1 2
( -)
2 -1/ 2
( x × a2 )
-3 / 2
dx dx 2 dx 3 dx n = x + a =+ 2x
dx 2 dx 2
d 2y x
Example 1: Find higher derivatives of the polynomial or =- (iii)
( x2 + a2 )
2 3/ 2
dx
1 4 1 3 1 2
f ( x) = x - x + x + 2x + 7 Diferentiating (iii) w.r.t. ‘ x ’ , we get
12 6 4
3 2
1 . ( x2 + a2 ) ( x + a 2 ) .2 x
3/ 2 1/ 2
3
d y - x.
1 1 1 1 1 1 2
Solution: f ' ( x) =
12
( 4 x3 ) - ( 3x 2 ) + ( 2 x ) + 2 + 0 = x3 - x 2 + x + 2
6 4 3 2 2 dx 3
= -
( x 2
+ a )
2 3/ 2
1 1 1 1
f '' ( x ) = ( 3 x 2 ) - ( 2 x ) + (1) + 0 = x 2 - x + (x + a2 ) ( x 2 + a 2 ) - 3 x 2
2 1/ 2
3 2 2 2 a2 - 2 x2
= - = -
(x + a ) 2 3
( x2 + a2 )
5/ 2
f "' ( x ) = 2 x - 1
2
f iv ( x ) = 2 d3y 2 x2 - a2
=
(x + a2 )
5/ 2
dx 3 2
All other higher derivatives are zero.
68 69
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
Diferentiating both sides of (i) w.r.t. ‘ x ‘ , gives Solution: Given that x = a (q + sinq ) (i)
and y = a (1 + cos q ) (ii)
d d
y 3 + 3ax 2 + x 3 = ( 0) = 0 Differentiating ( i ) and ( ii ) w.r.t 'q ' , we get
dx dx
dy dy
3y2 + 3a ( 2 x ) + 3 x 2 = 0 ⇒ -y 2 =+ ( 2ax x 2 ) dx
= a (1 + cos q ) (iii)
dx dx dq
dy 2ax + x 2 dy
⇒ = - (ii) and = a ( -sinq ) (iv)
dx y2 dq
70 71
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
dy dy d d2y
( a )( ay- ) =
dy dy
Now = [ -ay ] ⇒ - 2 = =a - - ay
=
1
.
1
-
1
.
1
= - y dx dx dx dx dx dx
a (1 + cos q )2 a y 2 1 + cos q =
a
a d2y
1 a2 a
or 2
= a2 y (i)
=- × 2 =- 2 dx
a y y
Diferentiating (i) w.r.t. ‘ x ‘ we get
d2y d2y
or y2
= -a ⇒y 2
+a =0
dx 2 dx 2
d d2y d 2 d3y dy
2
= a y ⇒ 3 = a 2 -= a 2 ( -ay ) = a 3 y
dx dx dx dx dx
Example 5: Find the irst four derivatives of cos ( ax + b ) .
d3y
Solution: Let y = cos ( ax + b ) , then Thus 3
+ a3 y = 0
dx
d d
y1 = cos ( ax +
- b ) = +sin ( ax b ) . + ( ax b )
dx dx x -3
Example 7: If y = Sin -1
= y2 -x ( a 2
, then show that x 2
) 2
= - sin ( ax + b ) × ( a + 0 ) = - a sin ( ax + b ) a
d
y2 = - a sin ( ax + b ) = ( - a ) cos ( ax + b ) × ( a + 0 )
dx Solution: y = sin -1
x
, so
- = a+2 cos ( ax b ) a
d
y3 = - a 2 cos ( ax + b ) = ( - a 2 ) - sin ( ax + b ) × ( a + 0 )
dx dy d -1 x 1 d x
y1 = = =Sin ×
dx dx a 2 dx a
= a 3 sin ( ax + b ) x
1-
a
d
y4 = a 3 sin ( ax+ b ) = a 3× cos ( ax+ b ) × a= a 4 cos ( ax+ b ) 1 1 a 1
(a x2 )
-1/2
dx = =. = .- 2
a2 - x2 a a2 - x2 a
d3y a2
Example 6: If y = e - ax +, then=show that a3 y 0
d 2 1
dx3
( a - x 2 ) = - ( a 2 - x 2 ) × ( -2 x ) = x ( a 2 - x 2 )
-1/2 -3/2 -3/2
y2 =
dx 2
dy d - ax d
Solution: As y = e - ax , so = ( e ) = e - ax . ( - ax ) = e - ax . ( - a )
dx dx dx
dy
That is
dx
= -ay ( e - ax
= y)
72 73
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
(i) y = sin 3 x (ii) y = cos3 x (iii) y = ln ( x 2 - 9 ) This expansion of f ( x ) is called the Maclaurin series expansion.
The above expansion is also named as Maclaurin’s Theorem and can be stated as:
5. - that -(1 x+2 ) y2 =xy1
If x = Sin q , y = Sin mq , Show m2 y 0 If f ( x ) is expanded in ascending powers of x as an ininite series, then
f '' ( 0 ) 2 f ''' ( 0 ) 3 f ( ) ( 0 ) 4 f n ( 0) n
4
d2y dy
6. If y = e sin
x
- x, show
+ that
= 2
2 2y 0 f ( x ) = f ( 0) + f ( 0) x +'
x + x + x + .... + x + ....
dx dx 2! 3! 4! n!
d2y dy
7. If y = e ax sin
- bx, show
+ that
+
dx 2
= 2a
dx
( a 2 b2 ) y 0 Note that a function f can be expanded in the Maclaurin series if the function is deined
in the interval containing 0 and its derivatives exist at x = 0 .
( ) ( )
2
8. If y = Cos- -1 x -,prove- that
= 1 x 2 y2 xy1 2 0
The expansion is only valid if it is convergent.
2
9. If y = a cos (ln x) + b sin (ln x), prove that x 2 d y2 + x dy + y = 0 .
dx dx
Example 1: Expand f ( x ) = 1 in the Maclaurin series.
1+ x
2.16 SERIES EXPANSIONS OF FUNCTIONS
Solution: f is deined at x ==0 that is, f ( 0 ) 1 . Now we ind successive derivatives of f and
A series of the form a0 + a1 x + a2 x 2 + a3 x3 + a4 x 4 + ...... + an x n + ..... is called a power series their values at x = 0 .
f ' ( x ) = ( -1)(1 + x ) f ' ( 0 ) = 1,
-2
expansion of a function f ( x ) where a0 ,a1 ,a2 , ... an , ... are constants and x is a variable. and -
We determine the coeicient a0 , a1 , a2 , ..., an , ... to specify power series by inding f '' ( x ) = ( -1)( -2 ) (1 + x ) and f '' ( 0 )
-3
(= 1-) 2
2
successive derivatives of the power series and evaluating them at x = 0 . That is, f ''' ( x ) = ( -1)( -2 ) ( -3)(1 + x ) and
-4
f ''' ( 0 ) (= 1-)
3
3
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
74 75
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
f(
4)
( x ) = ( -1)( -2 ) ( -3)( -4 )(1 + x ) and f (
4)
( 0 ) (= 1-)
-5 4
4
f '' ( 0 ) 2 f ''' ( 0 ) 3 f ( ) ( 0 ) 4 f ( ) ( 0 )
4 5
f ( x ) = f ( 0) + f ( 0) x + '
x + x + x + + ...,we have
2 3 4 5
Following the pattern, we can write f ( n ) ( 0 ) = ( -1)n n 0 2 -1 3 0 4 1 5 0 6 -1 7
sin x+= 0 1
+ .x +x +x +x +x + x+ +x ...
( 0 ) =-1, f ' =( 0 ) = 1, f '' ( 0 ) ( 1) 2 .
Now substituting f - 2
2 3 4 5 6 7
- f ''' (-0 ) = ( 1-)= 3, f ( ) =
3
( 0) 4
( 1)
4
4 ,.... f (
n)
( 0 ) ( 1)
n
n in the formula. x3 x5 x7
= x- + - + ......
3 5 7
f '' ( 0 ) 2 f ''' ( 0 ) 3 f ( ) ( 0 ) 4 f ( ) ( 0) x
4 n
f ( x ) = f ( 0) + f ( 0) x + '
x + x + + x = ... + x ,...
2 3 4 n
Example 3: Expand ax in the Maclaurin series.
+
f(
n)
( 0 ) x x + ,... we have Solution: Let f ( x ) = a x , then
n
f ' ( x ) ==a x ln=a, f '' ( x ) a x ( ln a ) , f ''' ( x ) a x ( ln a )
2 3
( -1) n x n + ...
n
1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 4
= 1 + ( -1) x + ( -1) x + ( -1) x3 + ( -1) x + ... + f(
4)
( x ) ==a x( ln a )
4
, ..., f ( ( x ) a x ( ln a )( ) .
n) n
1+ x 2 3 4 n
f ( x ) , f ' ( x ) , f '' ( x ) , f ''' ( x ) , f ( ) ( x ) , ... f ( ) ( x ) , we get
4 n
Putting x = 0 in
Thus, the Maclaurin series for 1 is the geometric series with the irst term 1 and
1+ x
common ratio -x. f ( 0 ) = a 0 = 1, f ' ( 0 ) = a 0 ln a = ln a, f '' ( 0 ) = ( ln a ) , f ''' ( 0 )
2
( ln a )
3
f(
4)
( 0 ) ==( ln a ) , ... , f (
n)
( 0 ) ( ln a )
4 n
.
a
Note: Applying the formula S = 1 , we have Substituting these values in the formula
1- r
f '' ( 0 ) 2 f ''' ( 0 ) 3 f ( ) ( 0) n
n
1 1
1 - x + x2 - x3 + ... = = f ( x ) = f ( 0) + f ( 0) x + '
x + x + ... + x + ..., we have
1 - (-x) 1 + x 2 3 n
( ln a ) ( ln a ) ( ln a )
2 3 n
a x
= 1 + ( ln a ) .x + x 2
+ x 3
+ ... + x n + ...
2 3 n
Example 2: Find the Maclaurin series for sin x
Note: If we put a = e in the above expansion, we get
76 77
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
f ' ( x ) = n (1 + x )
n -1
, f '' ( x ) = n ( n - 1) (1 + x )
n-2 f ''' ( x ) = 6a3 + 24a4 ( x - a ) + ......
⇒ a3 =
f '' ( 0 ) = n ( n - 1)(1 + 0 ) = n ( n - 1)
n-2
3
f ''' ( 0 ) = n ( n - 1) ( n - 2 )(1 + 0 ) = n ( n - 1)( n - 2 ) ,
n -3
f(
4)
( 0 ) = n ( n - 1)( n - 2 )( n - 3)(1 + 0 )
n-4
= n ( n - 1)( n - 3) Following the above pattern , we have
f( )
(a)
2.17 TAILOR SERIES EXPANSIONS This expansion is the Taylor series for f at x = a . The expansionisonly valid if it is
OF FUNCTIONS: convergent .
If a = 0, then the above expansion becomes
If f is deined in the interval containing ' a' and its derivatives of all orders exist at
f '' ( 0 ) 2 f '' ( 0 ) 3 f ( ) ( 0) n
n
f ( x ) = f ( a ) + f ' ( a )( x - a ) +
f ''
(a) f '''
(a) which is the Maclaurin series for f at x = a .
( x - a) ( x - a)
2 3
+
2 3 Replacing x by x + h and a by x , the expansion in (A) can be written as
f(
4)
(a) f(
n)
(a)
( x - a) ( x - a)
4 n
+ + ... + + ...
f '' ( x ) 2 f ''' ( x ) 3 f ( ) ( x) n
n
4 n
f ( x + h) = f ( x) + f ' ( x) h + h + h + ... + h + ... (B)
2 3 n
Let f ( x ) = a0 + a1 ( x - a ) + a2 ( x - a ) + a3 ( x - a ) + a4 ( x - a ) + ...
2 3 4
The expansions in (B) is termed as Taylor’s Theorem and can be stated as: If x and h
+ an ( x - a ) + ...
n
78 79
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
f '' ( x ) 2 f ''' ( x ) 3 f ( ) ( x) n
n
Now taking the successive derivative of sin x and evaluating them at p , we have
f ( x + h) = f ( x) + f ' ( x) h + h + h + ... + h + ... 6
2 3 n
p p 3
f '
( x) = cos x and f ' = cos =
6 6 2
Example 1: Find the Taylor series expansion of In (1 + x) at x = 2.
f '' ( x ) = - sin x p p -1
and f '' - -
= sin
=
6 6 2
Solution: Let f ( x ) = ln (1 + x ) , then f ( 2 ) = ln (1 + 2 ) = ln 3
p p 3
Finding he successive derivatives of ln (1 + x ) and evaluating them at x = 2 f '''
( x ) = -cos x and f ''' - -= =
cos
6 6 2
1 1 1
f ' ( x) = and f ' ( 2 ) = = 4 p p 1
1+ x 1+ 2 3 f(
4)
( x ) = - ( - sin x ) = sin x and f ( ) = sin =
6 6 2
1
f '' ( x-) =( 1+) (1 x ) and f '' ( 2 ) = - (1 + 2 ) = -
-2
27 1 3
p -2 p - 2
2 3
3 1 3 p
( 4)
( x ) = ( -1) ( -2 )( -3)(1 + x ) = ( -1) 3 (1 + x ) and f ( 4)
( 2)
-4 3 -4
f =- sin x = + x- + x- + x - + ...
81 2 2 6 2 6 3 6
2 3
The Taylor series expansions of f at x = a is 1 3 p 1 p 3 p
= + x- - x- - x - + ....
2 2 6 2 2 6 2 3 6
f '' ( a ) f ''' ( a ) p
f ( x) = f (a) + f '
(a) .( x - a) + ( x - a) +
2
( x - a ) + ......
3 For x = 310-, x = ( 31
- 0 300 ) =≈10 .017455
2 3 6
1 3 1 3
( .017455) - ( .017455) - ( .017455)
2 3
sin 310 ≈ +
Now substituting the relative values, we have 2 2 4 12
3 2 3 4
Prove that e x + h = e x 1 + h + h + h + ....
2 3
x - 2 ( x - 2) ( x - 2 ) - ( x - 2 ) + .... Example 3:
2 3 4
= ln 3 + - 2
+ 2 3
1.3 2.3 3.33 4.34
Example 2: Use the Taylor series expansion to ind the value of sin 310. Solution: Let f ( x + h ) = e x+ h=, then f ( x ) e x ...(i)
80 81
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
x 2 x3 x 4
(i) ln (1 + x ) = x - + - + ......
2 2 2 RQ = NQ - NR = NQ - MP = f ( x + d x ) - f ( x )
x2 x4 x6 and PR = MN = ON - OM = x + d x - x = d x
(ii) cos x = 1 - + - + ......
2 4 6 Thus tan m ∠XSQ = tan m ∠RPQ
x x 2 x3 RQ f ( x + d x) - f ( x)
(iii) 1+ x = 1+ - + + ...... = =
2 8 16 PR dx
x 2 x3 Revolving the secant line PQ about P towards P, some of its successive positions
(iv) ex =1+ x + + + ......
2 3 PQ1 , PQ2 , PQ3 ,... are shown in the igure 2.21.2. Points Qi ( i = 1,2,3,...) are getting closer and
2 3
4 x 8x closer to the point P and PRi i.e; d xi (i = 1, 2, 3, ...) are approaching to zero.
(v) e2 x = 1 + 2x + + + ......
2 3 In other words we can say that the
2. Show that: revolving secant line approaches the tangent
line PT as its limiting position at P while d x
h2 h3 approaches zero, that is,
cos ( x + h ) = cos x - h sin x - cos x + sin x + ......
2 3 tan m ∠ XSQ → tan m ∠XTP when d x → 0
and evaluate cos 61°.
f ( x + d x) - f ( x)
or → tan m∠XTP as d x → 0
dx
( ln 2 ) ( ln 2 )
2 3
h2 h3
3. Show that 2 x+h
= 2 {1 + ( ln 2 )
x
h+ + + ...} f ( x + d x) - f ( x)
2 3 so lim = tan m∠XTP
d x →0 dx
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
82 83
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
Example 2: Find the equations of the tangents to the curve x 2 - y 2 - 6 y = 0 at the point
or f ' ( x ) = tan m ∠XTP
whose abscissa is 4.
Thus the slope of the tangent line to the graph of f at ( x, f ( x ) ) is f ' ( x ) .
84 85
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
86 87
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
The graph of f is shown in the igure 2.22.1. i.e. 4 - 2 x > 0 ⇒ -2 x > - 4 ⇒x<2
Thus it is increasing in the interval ( -∞ , 2 ) . Similarly we can show that it is decreasing,
in the interval ( 2, ∞ ) .
f ( x + d x) - f ( x)
or > 0
dx
The above diference quotient becomes one-sided limit
f ( x + d x) - f ( x)
From the graph of f, it is obvious that y rises from 0 to 4 as x increases from 0 to 2 and lim+
d x →0 dx
y falls from 4 to 0 as x increases from 2 to 4. As f is diferentiable, so f ‘ (x) exists and one sided limit must equal to f ‘ (x).
In other words, we can say that the function f deined as in (I) is increasing in the Thus f ‘ (x) > 0
interval 0 < x < 2 and is decreasing in the interval 2 < x < 4.
The slope of the tangent to the graph of f at any point in the interval 0 < x < 2 , in which
Example 1: Determine the values of x for which f deined as f ( x ) = x 2 + 2 x - 3 is
the function f is increasing is positive because it makes an acute angle with the positive
(i) increasing (ii) decreasing.
direction of x-axis. (See the tangent line to the graph of f at (1, 3)).
(iii) ind the point where the function is neither increasing nor decreasing.
But the slope of the tangent line to the graph of f at any pointin the interval
2 < x < 4 in which the function f is decreasing is negative as it makes an obtuse angle with the
positive direction of x-axis. (See the tangent line to the graph of f at (3, 3)). Solution: The table of some ordered pairs satisfying f ( x ) = x 2 + 2 x - 3 is given below:
As we know that the slope of the tangent line to the graph of f at ( x, f ( x ) ) is f ' ( x ) , so
x -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2
the derivative of the function f i.e., f ' ( x ) , is positive in the interval in which f is increasing and y = f(x) 5 0 -3 -4 -3 0 5
f ' ( x ) , is negative in the interval in which f is decreasing.
The function f under consideration is actually increasing at each x for which f ' ( x ) > 0 .
88 89
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
(ii) And the condition f ' ( x ) < 0 ⇒ 2 x + 2 < 0 Let ( c - d x, c + d x ) ⊆ D f , , (domain of a function f), where
d x is small positive number.
⇒ 2 x < -2
If f ( c ) ≥ f ( x ) for all x ∈ ( c - d x, c + d x ) then the function
which gives x < - 1 , so the function f under
f is said to have a relative maxima at x = c .
consideration in the example I is decreasing in the
Similarly if f ( c ) ≤ f ( x ) for all x ∈ ( c - d x, c + d x ) , then
interval ( -∞ ,-1) .
the function f has relative minima at x = c .
(iii) The function is neither increasing nor decreasing where f ' ( x ) = 0 , that is, Both relative maximum and relative minimum are
2x + 2 = 0 ⇒ x = -1. called in general relative extrema.
If x = - 1 then f ( -1) = ( -1) + 2 ( -1) - 3 = -4 . Thus f is neither increasing nor deceasing at
2 The graph of a function is shown in the adjoining igure.
the point (-1, -4). It has relative maxima at x = b and x = d . But at x = a and
Note: Any point where f is neither increasing nor decreasing is called a stationary x = c , it has relative minima.
point, provided that f ‘ (x) = 0 at that point. Note that the relative maxima at x = d is not the highest point of the graph.
Example 2: Determine the intervals in which f is increasing or it is decreasing if 2.21 CRITICAL VALUES AND
f ( x ) = x3 - 6 x 2 + 9 x CRITICAL POINTS
90 91
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
f ( x) = x We note that f ' ( x ) > 0 before x = 0 , f ' ( x ) = 0 at x =< 0 and f ' ( x ) 0 after x = 0 .
The graph of f shows that it has relative maxima at x = 0.
2 - x x > 0
and f ( x ) = Thus we conclude that a function has relative maxima at x = c if f ' ( x ) > 0 , before
2 + x x ≤ 0
x = c f ' ( c ) = 0 and f ' ( x ) < 0 after x = c.
do not exist at (0, 0) and (0, 2) respectively.
But f has minima at (0, 0) and f has maxima at
(0, 2). See the adjoining igures. Considering an interval (2 - dx, 2 + dx) in the neighbourhood of x = 2 we ind the values
Those critical points on the graph of f at which of f ‘ (2-e) and f ‘ (2 + e) when 2 - ed(2 - dx, 2) and 2 + ed(2, 2 + dx)
Now diferentiating (i) w.r.t. ' x' we get It is obvious from the graph that it has relative minima at x = 2 .
f ' ( x ) = 3x 2 - 6 x = 3x ( x - 2 ) Thus we conclude that a function has relative minima at x = c if f ' ( x ) < 0 before
f ' ( x) = 0 ⇒ 3x ( x - 2 ) = 0 ⇒ x = 0 or x = 2 x = c , f ' ( x ) == 0 at x c and>f ' ( x ) 0 =
after x c.
Now we consider an interval ( -d x , d x ) in the neighbourhood of x = 0 . Let 0 - e is a
First Derivative Rule:
point in the interval ( -d x,0 ) We see that
Let f be diferentiable in neighbourhood of c where f ' ( c ) = 0.
f ' ( 0 - e ) = 3 ( -e ) ( -e - 2 ) ( f ' ( x ) = 3x ( x - 2 ) )
= 3e ( e + 2 ) > 0 ( e > 0, e + 2 > 0 ) 1. If f ' ( x ) changes sign from positive to negative as x increases through c, then
f ( c ) the relative maxima of f.
That is f ' ( x ) is positive for all x ∈ ( -d x, 0 ) .
Let 0 + e1 is a point in the interval ( 0, d x ) , then we have 2. If f ' ( x ) changes sign from negative to positive as x increases through c, then
f ' ( 0 + e1 ) = 3 ( e1 )( e1 - 2 )
f ( c ) is the relative minima of f.
-= 3e1-( 2 e<1 ) 0 ( 2 - e1 > 0, e1 > 0 ) , that is,
92 93
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
Note: 1. A stationary point is called a turning point if it is either a maximum point or Example 1: Examine the function deined as
a minimum point. f ( x ) = x 3 - 6 x 2 + 9 x for extreme values.
2. If f ‘ (x) > 0 before the point x = a, f ‘ (x) = 0 at x = 0 and f ‘ (x) > 0 after x = 0, Solution: f ' ( x ) = 3 x 2 - 12 x + 9
then f does not has a relative maxima.
= 3 ( x 2 - 4 x + 3) = 3 ( x - 1)( x - 3)
See the graph of f (x) = x3. In this case, we have
f ' ( x ) = 3 x 2 , that is, First Method
f ' ( 0 - e ) = 3 ( -e ) = 3e 2 > 0
2
If x = 1 - e where e is very very small positive number, then
and f ' ( 0 + e ) = 3 ( e ) = 3e 2 > 0
2
( x - 1)( x - 3) = (1 - e - 1)(1 - e - 3) = ( -e )( -e - 2 ) = e ( 2 + e ) > 0 that is ,
The function f is increasing before x = 0 and also f ' ( x ) > 0 before x =1. For x = 1 e , we have +
it is increasing after x = 0. ( x - 1)( x - 3) = (1 + e - 1)(1 + e - 3) = (e )( -2 + e ) = -e ( 2 - e ) < 0
Such a point of the function is called the That is, f ' ( x ) < 0 after x = 1
point of inlexion.
As f ' ( x ) > 0 before x = 1, f ' ( x ) = 0= at x 1 and f ' ( x ) <0 after
= x 1
Thus f has relative maxima at x = 1 and f (1) = -1 - 6 + 9 = 4.
Let x = 3 - e , then
Second Derivative Test:
( x - 1)( x - 3) = ( 3 - e - 1)( 3 - e - 3) = ( 2 - e )( -e ) = -e ( 2 - e ) < 0
We have noticed that the irst derivative f ' ( x ) of a function changes its sign from
That is f ‘(x) < 0 before x = 3.
positive to negative at the point where f has relative maxima, that is, f ‘ is a decreasing
For x = 3 + e
function in the neighbouring interval containing the point where f has relative maxima.
(x - 1) (x - 3) = (3 + e - 1)(3 + e - 3)= (2 + e)(e) > 0
That is, f ' ( x ) > 0 after x = 3 .
Thus f '' ( x ) is negative at the point where f has a relative maxima.
As f ' ( x ) < 0 before x = 3 , f ' ( x ) at x = 3 and f ' ( x ) > 0 after x =3 ,
But f ' ( x ) of a function f changes its sign from negative to positive at the point where f
Thus f has relative minima at x = 3. and f ( 3) = 3 ( 3) - 12 ( 3) + 9 = 0
2
has relative minima, that is, f ’ is an increasing function in the neighbouring interval containing
the point where f has relative minima. Second Method: f '' ( x ) = 3 ( 2 x - 4 ) = 6 ( x - 2 )
f '' (1) = 6 (1 - 2 ) = - 6 < 0 , therefore,
Thus f '' ( x ) is positive at the point where f has relative minima.
Second Derivative Rule
f has relative maxima at x = 1 and f (1) = (1) - 6 (1) + 9 (1)
3 2
94 95
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
96 97
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
(vii) f ( x ) = x4 - 4 x2 (viii) f ( x ) = ( x - 2 ) ( x - 1)
2
= 3[ 2 x - 12] = 6 ( x - 6 )
(ix) f ( x ) = 5 + 3x - x3
As f '' ( 3) = 6 ( 3 - 6 ) = 6 ( -3) = -18 which is negative.
3. Find the maximum and minimum values of the function deined by the following Thus f ( x ) gives the maximum value if x = 3 , so the other positive integer is 6 because
equation occurring in the interval [ 0 ,2p ] 9 - 3 = 6.
f ( x ) = sin x + cos x.
Example 2: What are the dimensions of a box of a square base having largest
ln x volume if the sum of one side of the base and its height is 12 cm.
4. Show that y = has maximum value at x = e .
x
5.
1
Show that y = x x has a minimum value at x = . Solution: Let the length of one side of the base (in cm) be x and the height of the box (in
e cm) be h, then V=x 2 h
Application of Maxima and Minima It is given that x + h = 12 ⇒ h = 12 - x
Now we apply the concept of maxima and minima to the practical problems. We irst Thus V=x 2 (12 - x ) and
form the functional relation of the form y = f(x) from the given information and ind the
dV
maximum or minimum value of f as required. Here we solve some examples = 2 x (12 - x ) + x 2 ( -1) = 24 x - 3 x 2 = 3 x ( 8 - x )
dx
relating to maxima and minima problems.
dV
= 0 ⇒ 3 x ( 8 - x ) = 0 . In this case x cannot be zero,
dx
Example 1: Find two positive integers whose sum is 9 and the product of one with
the square of the other will be maximum. so 8 - x = 0 ⇒ x = 8.
d 2V
= 24 - 6 x which is negative for x = 8
Solution: Let x and 9 - x be the two required positive integers such that dx 2
Thus V is maximum if x = 8(cm) and h = 12 - 8 = 4(cm)
x ( 9 - x ) will be maximum.
2
f ( x ) = x ( 9 - x ) . Then
2
Let Example 3: The perimeter of a triangle is 20 centimetres. If one side is of length 8
f ' ( x ) = 1 . ( 9 - x ) + x . 2 ( 9 - x ) × ( -1)
2 centimetres, what are lengths of the other two sides for maximum area of the triangle?
= ( 9 - x ) [9 - x - 2 x ] = ( 9 - x )( 9 - 3 x ) = 3 ( 9 - x )( 3 - x )
Solution: Let the length of one unknown side (in cm) be x , then the length of the other
f ' ( x ) = 0 ⇒ 3 ( 9 - x )( 3 - x ) = 0 ⇒ x = 9 or x = 3 unknown side (in cm) will be 20 - x - 8 = 12 - x .
In this case x = 9 is not possible because Let y denote the square of the area of the triangle, then we have
9 - x = 9 - 9 = 0 which is not positive integer.
y = 10 (10 - 8 )(10 - x )(10 - 12 + x )
s =
20
2
= 10 and area of the triangle s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c ) )
f '' ( x ) = 3 ( -1)( 3 - x ) + ( 9 - x ) × ( -1) = 3[ -3 + x - 9 + x ]
= 10.2 (10 - x )( x - 2 ) = 20 ( - x 2 + 12 x - 20 )
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
98 99
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
dy d 2V
= 20 ( -2 x + 12 ) = -40 ( x - 6 ) is negative for x = 5 because 12 ( 2 × 5 - 23) = 12 ( -13)
dx dx 2
dy
=0 ⇒ x=6 Thus V will be maximum if the length of a side of the corner square to be cut of is 5 cm.
dx
d2y
As is -ve,so x = 6 gives the maximum area of the triangle. Example 5: Find the point on the graph of the curve y = 4 - x2 which is closest to
dx 2
The length of other unknown side = 12 - 6 = 6 ( cm ) the point (3, 4).
Thus the lengths of the other two sides are 6 cm and 6 cm.
Solution: Let l be distance between a point ( x, y ) on the curve y = 4 - x 2 and the point (3 ,
Example 4: An open box of rectangular base is to be made from 24 cm by 45cm
( x - 3) + ( y - 4 )
2 2
4). Then l =
cardboard by cutting out square sheets of equal size from each corner and bending the
( x - 3) + ( 4 - x2 - 4) ( ( x, y ) is on the curve y = 4 - x )
2
sides. Find the dimensions of corner squares to obtain a box having largest possible
2
= 2
volume.
( x - 3)
2
= + x4
Solution: Let x (in cm) be the length of a side of each square sheet to be cut of from each
comer of the cardboard. Then the length and breadth of the resulting box (in cm) will be
45 - 2 x and 24 - 2 x respectively. Obviously the height of the box (in cm) will be x . Thus the
volume V of the box (in cubic cm) will be given by
V = x ( 24 - 2 x )( 45 - 2 x ) = 2 x (12 - x )( 45 - 2 x )
= 2 x ( 540 - 69 x + 2 x 2 )
dV
and = 2 1.( 2 x 2 - 69 x + 540 ) + x ( 4 x - 69 )
dx
(
= 2 6 x 2 - 138 x + 540 )
= 12 x 2 - 23 x + 90 = 12 ( x - 5 )( x - 18 )
100 101
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab 2. Diferentiation eLearn.Punjab
1 6. Find the lengths of the sides of a variable rectangle having area 36 cm 2 when its
=
l
( 2 x 3 + x - 3) perimeter is minimum.
1
= ( x - 1) ( 2 x 2 + x - 3) 7. A box with a square base and open top is to have a volume of 4 cubic dm. Find the
l
dl 1 dimensions of the box which will require the least material.
= 0 ⇒ ( x - 1) ( 2 x 2 + 2 x + 3) = 0 ⇒ x - 1 = 0 or 2x 2 + 2 x + 3 = 0
dx l
8. Find the dimensions of a rectangular garden having perimeter 80 metres if its area
⇒ x = 1 ( 2 x 2 + 2 x + 3 = 0 )
is to be maximum.
l is positive for 1 - e and 1+e where e is very very small positive real number.
9. An open tank of square base of side x and vertical sides is to be constructed to
2 contain a given quantity of water. Find the depth in terms of x if the expense of lining
1 5 1 5
Also 2 x + 2 x + 3 = 2 x 2 + x + + = 2 x + + is positive,for x =1 -e
2
the inside of the tank with lead will be least.
4 2 2 2
and x = 1 + e
10. Find the dimensions of the rectangle of maximum area which its inside the
dl semi-circle of radius 8 cm as shown in the igure.
The sign of depends on the factor x - 1 .
dx
x - 1 is negative for x = 1 - e because x - 1 = 1 - e - 1 = - e ..... (i)
x - 1 is positive for x = 1 + e because x - 1 = 1 + e - 1 = e ..... (ii)
dl
From (i) and (ii), we conclude that changes sign from -ve to +ve at x = 1.
dx
Thus l has a minimum value at x = 1.
Putting x = 1 in y = 4 - x 2 , we get the y-coordinate of the required point which
is 4 - (1) = 3
2
EXERCISE 2.10
12. Find the point on the curve y = x2 + 1 that is closest to the point (18, 1).
1. Find two positive integers whose sum is 30 and their product will be maximum.
2. Divide 20 into two parts so that the sum of their squares will be minimum.
3. Find two positive integers whose sum is 12 and the product of one with the square
of the other will be maximum.
4. The perimeter of a triangle is 16 centimetres. If one side is of length 6 cm, what are
length of the other sides for maximum area of the triangle?
5. Find the dimensions of a rectangle of largest area having perimeter 120 centimetres.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
102 103
version: 1.1
CHAPTER
3 Integration
When the derived function (or diferential coeicient) of a function is known, then The tangent line is drawn to
the aim to ind the function itself can be achieved. The technique or method to ind such the graph of y = f(x) at P(x, f(x) and
a function whose derivative is given involves the inverse process of diferentiation, called MP is the ordinate of P, that is,
anti-derivation or integration. We use diferentials of variables while applying method MP = f(x). (see Fig. 3.1)
of substitution in integrating process. Before the further study of anti-derivation, we irst Let dx be small number, then the
discuss the diferentials of variables. point N is located at x + dx’on the x-axis.
Let the vertical line through N cut the
3.1.1 Differentials of Variables tangent line at T and the graph of f at Q.
Then the point Q is (x + dx, f(x + dx)), so
Let f be a diferentiable function in the interval a < x < b, deined as y = f(x), then dx = dx = PR
d y = f (x + d x) - f ( x) and dy = RQ = RT + TQ
dy f (x + d x) - f (x) RT
and lim ==lim f ′(x), that is = tan jdx + TQ tanj =
d x →0 d x d x →0 dx PR
dy
= f ′( x ) where j is the angle which the tangent PT makes with the positive direction of the x-axis.
dx
dy or dy = f ‘ (x)dx + TQ (∴ tan jdx = f ‘ (x))
We know that before the limit is reached, difers from f ‘ (x) by a very small real ⇒ dy = dy + TQ
dx
number e. We see that dy is the rise of f for a change dx in x at x where as dy is the rise of the
dy tangent line at P corresponding to same change dx in x.
Let = f ′( x ) + e where e is very small The importance of the diferential is obvious from the igure 3.1. As dx approaches 0,
dx
the value of dy gets closer and closer to that of dy, so for small values of dx,
or d y = f ′ ( x )d x + e d x (i)
dy = dy
The term f ' ( x ) d x being more important than the term e dx, is called the diferential of
or dy = f ‘ (x)dx [a dy = f ‘ (x)dx] (iv)
the dependent variable y and is denoted by dy (or df)
We know that dy = f(x + dx) - f(x)
Thus dy = f ' ( x ) d x (ii) f(x + dx) = f(x) + dy
As dx = ( x)' d x = (1)d x, so But dy c dy, so
the diferential of x is denoted by dx and is deined by the relation dx = dx. f(x + dx) c f(x) + dy (v)
The equation (ii) becomes f(x + dx) c f(x) + f ‘ (x)dx (vi)
dy = f ’ (x) dx (iii)
Note. Instead of dy, we can write df, that is, df = f ‘ (x) dx where f ‘ (x) being coeicient of
diferential is called diferential coeicient.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
2 3
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
y 1 1
d - lnx = d [ lnc ] = 0 f (16 + 1) ≈ f (16 ) + × (1) f ' ( x ) =
x 2 16 2 x
1 1
using d(f ± g) = df ± dg, we have ≈ 4 + = 4 + = 4.125
2× 4 8
y d 1 1 Hence 17 ≈ 4.125
d - d ( ln x⇒
)=0 y.- =. dx 0
x dx x x
Example 2: Use diferentials to approximate the value of 3
8.6
Using d(fg) = fdg + gdf, we get
4 5
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
As the nearest perfect cube root to 8.6 is 8, so we take x = 8 Solution: Let x be the side and V be the volume of the cube, then
and dx = 0.6, then V = x3 and dV = (3x2) dx
Taking x = 20 (cm) and dx = 0.12 (cm), we get
1 1 1 dV = [3(20)2] (0.12) = 1200 x (0.12) = 144 (cubic cm)
f (8) = 3
8 = 2 =
and f ' (8) = = ,
2
3× 4 12 The error 144 cubic cm in volume calculation of a cube is either positive or negative.
3(8) 3
1
so dy = f ' ( x ) dx = × ( 0.6 ) = 0.05 EXERCISE 3.1
12
Using f ( x + d x) = f ( x ) + dy, we have
1. Find dy and dy in the following cases:
f ( 8 + 0.6 ) = f ( 8 ) + 0.05 (i) y = x2 - 1 when x changes from 3 to 3.02
+= 2 0.=
05 2.05 (ii) y = x2 + 2x when x changes from 2 to 1.8
But using calculator, we ind that 3
8.6 is approximately equal to 2.0488. (iii) y= x when x changes from 4 to 4.41
dy dx
Example 3: Using diferentials, ind the approximate value of sin 460 2. Using diferentials ind and in the following equations
dx dy
c 0.7071 (0.01745)
3.2 INTEGRATION AS ANTI - DERIVATIVE
c 0.01234
(INVERSE OF DERIVATIVE)
Using f (x + dx) c f(x) + dy we have
In chapter 2, we have been inding the derived function (diferential
sin (460) c sin 45° + dy c 0.7071 + 0.01234 = 0.71944
coeicient) of a given function. Now we consider the reverse (or inverse) process
c 0.7194
i.e. we ind a function when its derivative is known. In other words we can say that if
Using calculator, we ind sin 460 is approximately equal to 0.71934.
f’(x) = f(x), then f(x) is called an anti-derivative or an integral of f(x). For example, an
d 3
anti-derivative of f(x) = 3x2 is f(x) = x3 because f’(x) = (x ) = 3x2 = f(x).
Example 4: The side of a cube is measured to be 20 cm with a maximum error of 12 cm dx
in its measurement. Find the maximum error in the calculated volume of the cube.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
6 7
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
The inverse process of diferentiation i.e. the process of inding such a function whose
derivative is given is called anti-diferentiation or integration. 1
5. ∫ cosec 2 ( ax + b ) dx = - cot ( ax + b ) + c ∫ cosec 2 xdx
- = cot
+ x c
While inding the derivatives of the expressions such as x2 + x, x2 + x + 5, x2 + x - 3 a
etc., we see that the derivative of each of them is 2x + 1, that is, 1
6. ∫ sec ( ax + b ) tan ( ax + b ) dx = sec ( ax + b ) + c ∫ sec xtan xdx =
+ sec x c
a
d 2 d 2 d 2 7. 1
∫ cosec ( ax + b ) cot ( ax + b ) dx = - cosec ( ax + b ) + c ∫ cosecx cot -x dx = cosec
+
(x + x) = (x + x + 5) = (x + x - 3) = 2x + 1 a
x c
dx dx dx
1
8. ∫ eλ x + µ dx = × eλ x + µ + c ( λ ≠ 0 ) ∫ e dx = e
x x
+c
Now if f(x) = 2x + 1 (i) λ
Then f(x) = x + x
2
1
.a λ x + µ + c.( a〉 0 ,a ≠ 1,λ ≠ 0 )
1 x
9. ∫ a λ x + µ dx = ∫ a x dx = .a + c.( a〉 0 ,a ≠ 1)
is not only anti-derivative of (i). But all anti-derivatives of f(x) = 2x + 1 are included in λ ln a ln a
x + x + c where c is the arbitrary constant which can be found if further information is given.
2
1 1
10. ∫ ax + b dx = ∫ (ax + b)
-1
dx ∫ dx = ln x + c,x ≠ 0
As c is not deinite, so f(x) + c is called the indeinite integral of f(x) , that is, x
1
∫ f (x) dx = Φ (x) + c (ii) = ln ax + b + c,( ax + b ≠ 0 )
a
In (ii), f(x) is called integrand and c is named as the constant of integration.
1
11. ∫ tan ( ax + b ) dx = ln sec ( ax + b ) + c ∫ tan xdx = ln sec ( x ) + c
The symbol ∫ .... dx indicates that integrand is to be integrated w.r.t. x. a
1
d -= ln cos ( +
ax b+) c - = ln
+ cos x c
Note that and ∫ .... dx are inverse operations of each other. a
dx
1
12. ∫ cot ( ax + b ) dx = ln sin ( ax + b ) + c ∫ cotx dx = ln sinx + c
a
3.2.1 Some Standard Formulae for Anti-Derivatives 13. 1
∫ sec ( ax + b ) dx = ln sec ( ax + b ) + tan ( ax + b ) + c ∫ sec xdx = ln sec x + tan x + c
a
We give below a list of standard formulae for anti-derivatives which can be obtained 14. 1 ∫ cosec xdx = ln cosec x - cot x + c
∫ cos ec ( ax + b ) dx = ln co sec ( ax + b ) - cot ( ax + b ) + c
from the corresponding formulae for derivatives: a
General Form Simple Form These formulae can be veriied by showing that the derivative of the right hand side of
In formulae 1-7 and 10-14, a ≠ 0 each with respect to x is equal to the corresponding integrand.
( ax + b )
n +1
x n+1
∫ ( ax + b ) dx = a ( n + 1) + c,( n ≠ -1) + c ( n ≠ -1)
n
1. ∫ x dx =
n
Examples:
n +1
x5+1 x6 d 1 6 1 1 6-1
dx 6 x = 6 dx ( x ) = 6 .6 x = x
1
2. ∫ sin ( ax + b ) dx = - cos ( ax + b ) + c 1. ∫ x dx = +c= +c
5 6 5
∫ sin xdx
- = cos
+ x c
a 5 +1 6
1
3. ∫ cos ( ax + b ) dx = sin ( ax + b ) + c ∫ cos xdx = sin x + c 3
- +1
a 1 x 2
-
3
d -2 d 1
2. ∫ dx = ∫ x dx = dx = -2 dx ( x ) 2
2
1
4. ∫ sec 2 ( ax + b ) dx = tan ( ax + b ) + c ∫ sec 2 xdx = tan
+x c x3 3
- +1 x
a 2
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
8 9
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
1 x2 + a2 + x 1
-
1 × =
x 2
2 1
1 - 2 -1
-3
= 1 x + x2 + a2 x2 + a2 x 2 + a 2
= +c=- +c = -2. - x =x2
1 x 2 x3
-
2 3.2.2 Theorems on Anti-Derivatives
1 d 1
dx∫ = (+2 x 3) dx
-4
3. ∫ -
( 2 x + 3)
4
dx 6 ( 2 x + 3)3
I. The integral of the product of a constant and a function is equal to the product of the
( 2 x + 3) ( 2 x + 3)
-4+1 -3
constant and the integral of the function.
=
2 ( -4 + 1)
+c=
-6
-
+c
1 d
= +
6 dx
(
( 2 x 3)
-3
) In symbols,
- = +
1
c =-
1
( -3)( 2 x + 3) ( 2 ) =
-3-1 1 ∫ af ( x ) dx = a ∫ f ( x ) dx where a is a constant.
6 ( 2 x + 3) ( 2 x + 3)
3 4
6
sin 2 x 1 d 1 1 d II. The integral of the sum (or diference) of two functions is equal to the sum (or diference)
4. ∫ cos 2 xdx =
2
+ c = sin 2 x + c
2 dx 2 sin 2 x = 2 dx ( sin 2 x ) of their integrals.
1 In symbols,
= ( cos 2 x ) × 2 = cos 2 x
2
∫ f ( x ) ± f ( x ) dx
1 2 = ∫ f ( x ) dx ± ∫ f ( x ) dx
1 2
- cos 3 x 1 d 1 1 d
5. ∫ sin 3 xdx = + c = - cos 3 x + c dx - 3 cos
- 3x = ( cos 3x )
3 3 3 dx
d 3.2.3 Anti-Derivatives of [f(x)]n f ’(x) and [f(x)]-1 f ’(x)
6. ∫ cos ec xdx
- = cot
+ x c
2
(- cot x) = -(- cosec 2 x) = cosec 2 x
dx
7. sec 5 x d sec 5 x 1
dx 5 = 5 ×( sec=5 xtan 5 x ) 5 sec 5 xtan 5 x
n +1
∫ sec 5 xtan 5 xdx =+ c f ( x )
5
( x ) f ' ( x ) dx =+
n
Prove that: (i) ∫ f n +1
c, (n ≠ -1)
e ax +b d e ax +b 1 ax +b
= (e × a) = e
-1
8. ∫e ax +b
dx = +c
ax +b
(ii) ∫ f ( x ) f ' ( x ) dx = ln f ( x ) + c, (f(x) > 0)
a dx a a
3λ x d 3λ x 1 Proof:
9. λx
∫ 3 dx =
λ ln 3
+c == ( 3λ x ( ln 3) λ ) 3λ x d
dx λ ln 3 λ ln 3 (i) Since ([f(x)n+1) = (n + 1) [f(x)]n f ‘ (x)
dx
1 d 1 1 1 1 n +1
by deinition, ∫ ( n + 1) f ( x ) f ' ( x ) dx = f ( x ) + c1
n
dx∫ = (+ax b ) dx ( ) ∴
-1
10. ∫ ln ax + b = . .a =
ax + b dx a a ax + b ax + b n +1
( n + 1) ∫ f ( x ) f ' ( x ) dx = + f ( x )
n
1 c1 (by theorem I)
= ln ( ax + b ) + c,( ax + b > 0 )
a
[ f ( x)]n +1 c
or ∫ [ f ( x)] f ' ( x)dx =
n
+c =
where c ≠ -1 (n 1)
11. ∫
1
x2 + a2
(
dx = ln x + x 2 + a 2 + c ) d
((
ln x + x + a =
dx
2 2
)) 1
1 +
1
x+ x +a 2 x +a
2 2 2 2
× 2x
n +1 n +1
10 11
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
d 1
(ii) Since [In f(x)] = . f ‘ (x)
dx f(x) 1 3 x 0+1
= x - x 2 - 3x + c ∫1 dx
∫ = x 0=dx + c2
3 1
By deinition, we have 1
(ii) ∫x x - 1 dx = ∫ ( x - 1) x dx
2 2 2
1
∫ f ( x)
. f ' ( x ) dx = ln+f ( x ) c (>f ( x ) 0) 1
=∫ 2 f ' ( x ) dx
f ( x ) i (If×( f )( x) = x 2 - 1. =
or ∫ [ f ( x)]-1 f ' ( x)dx = I n f ( x) + c. 1 1
1
Thus we can prove that = ∫ f ( x ) 2 f ' ( x ) then f ' ( x )= 2 x⇒ x= f ' ( x) )
2 2
x n+1
(i) ∫ x dx = n + 1 + c, (n ≠ -1)
n 3
1 f ( x ) 2 1 2 3
= + c = ( x + 1) 2 + c.
2 3 3
( ax + b )
n +1
∫ ( ax + b )
n
(ii) dx = + c, (a ≠ 0, n ≠ -1) 2
a ( n + 1)
x x+2-2
1 (iii) ∫ dx = ∫ dx, ( x > -2 )
(iii) ∫ x dx = ln x + c x+2 x+2
1 1 2
dx = ∫ dx - 2 ∫ ( x + 2 ) .1 dx = x - 2 ln ( x + 2 ) + c
-1
= ∫ 1 -
(iv) ∫ ax + b dx = a ln ax + b + c, (a ≠ 0)
x+2
1 1 1
Examples: Evaluate (iv) ∫ dx = . ∫
dx (x 0) >
x ( x +1) x +1 x
(i) ∫ ( x + 1)( x - 3) dx (ii) ∫x x - 1 dx
2
-1 1
= ∫ f ( x ) .2 f ' ( x ) dx f '=( x ) if= f ( +x ) x 1
2 x
x 1
(iii) ∫ x + 2 dx, ( x > -2 ) (iv) ∫ dx, ( x > 0) 1
( )
-1
x x +1 ==2 ∫ f ( x ) f ' ( x ) dx or 2 f ' ( x )
x
dx sinx + cos3 x
(v) ∫ x +1 - x
, ( x > 0) (vi) ∫ cos2 x sin x dx = 2 ln f ( x ) + c = 2 ln ( )
x +1 + c
3 - cos 2 x
(vii) ∫ 1 + cos 2 x dx, ( cos 2 x ≠ -1) (v) ∫
dx
, ( x > 0)
x +1 - x
Solution: Rationalizing the denominator, we have
(i) ∫ ( x + 1)( x - 3) dx = ∫ ( x - 2 x - 3) dx
2
dx x +1 + x
= ∫ x dx - 2 ∫ x dx - 3∫1 dx
2
(By theorems I and II) ∫ =∫ dx
x +1 - x ( x +1 - x )( x +1 + x )
x3 x2 x n+1
= - 2. - 3.x + c ∫ x dx =
n
+ c1 and
3 2 n +1
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
12 13
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
EXERCISE 3.2
x +1 + x 1 1
=∫ dx= ∫ ( +
x 1)+
2 x dx
2
x +1- x 1. Evaluate the following indeinite integrals
1 1
= ∫+( x 1) dx
+
2
∫x 2
dx 1
(i) ∫ ( 3x - 2 x + 1) dx (ii) ∫ x + ( x > 0)
2
dx,
3 3 x
( x + 1) 2 23 1
∫ x( )
2 x2
2 3
= + + c = ( x + 1) + x + c
2 (iii) x + 1 dx, ( x > 0) (iv) ∫ ( 2x + 3) dx 2
3 3 3 3
2 2 2
∫( )
2 1
sin x + cos 3 x (v) x + 1 dx, ( x > 0) (vi) ∫ x - dx, ( x > 0)
(vi) ∫ cos 2 x sin x dx x
3x + 2 y ( y + 1)
(vii) ∫ x dx, ( x > 0) (viii) ∫ dy, ( y > 0 )
y
sin x + cos 3 x sin x cos 3 x
Solution: ∫ dx =+∫ ( ) (1 - )
2 2
dx q -1 x
cos 2 x sin x 2
cos x sin x cos 2 x sin x dq , (q > 0 ) ( x > 0)
(ix) ∫ q
(x) ∫ x
dx,
1 cos x
= ∫ 2
+ dx e + ex
2x
cos x sin x
= ∫ sec x dx + ∫ cot x dx
2
(xi) ∫ e x dx
= tan+ x ln sin+x c 2. Evaluate
3 - cos 2 x
(vii) ∫ 1 + cos 2 x dx, ( cos 2 x ≠ -1) (i) ∫
dx x + a > 0
(ii)
1 - x2
∫ 1 + x 2 dx
x + a + x + b x +b > 0
3
dx
3 - cos 2 x 4 - (1 + cos 2 x ) (iii) ∫ , ( x > 0 ,a > 0 ) (iv) ∫(a - 2 x ) dx 2
4 x +a +
Solution: ∫ = ∫ 1 + cos =- dx ∫ 1 + cos 2 x 1 dx x
1 + cos 2 x 2x
(1 + e ) x 3
= ∫
4
dx - ∫1 dx = ∫ 2 sec x dx
2
- ∫1 dx
(v) ∫ ex
dx (vi) ∫ sin ( a + b ) x dx
2 cos 2 x
= 2 tan x - x + c 1
(vii) ∫ 1 - cos 2 x dx, (1 - cos 2 x > 0 ) (viii) ∫ ( ln x ) × x
dx , ( x > 0 )
1 p p
(ix) ∫ sin x dx (x) ∫ 1 + cos x dx, - < x <
2
2 2
ax + b
(xi) ∫ ax + 2bx + c
2
dx (xii) ∫ cos3x sin2 x dx
cos 2 x - 1
(xiii) ∫ dx, (1 + cos 2 x ≠ 0 ) (xiv) ∫ tan
2
x dx
1 + cos 2 x
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
14 15
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
= 2( x - a)2
(
3 5a + 3 x - a
)+ 2 3
=c (-x a ) 2 ( 5+
a 3-x 3a+) c
Solution: Let at + b = u. Then 15 15
a dt = du 2 3
= ( x - a ) 2 ( 2a + 3 x ) + c
15
adt du 1 -21
Thus ∫ = ∫ 2 u = 2 ∫ u du
2 at + b cot x
Example 4: Evaluate ∫ x dx , ( x > 0) .
- 1 +1 1
1 u 2 1 u2 1
Solution: Put x = z,
= + c = 1 + c = u + c =
2
at + b + c
2 - 1 2
+1
2 2 then d ( x) =⇒dz
1
2 x
= dx dz
x
Example 2: Evaluate ∫ dx. 1
4 + x2 or dx = 2dz
x
Solution: Put 4 + x2 = t
cot x 1
1
thus ∫ x
dx ==∫ cot x .
x
dx ∫ cot z.( 2dz )
⇒ 2 x dx = dt or x dx = dt, therefore
2 cos z -1
==2=∫ cot z dz 2∫ dz 2 ∫ ( sin z ) cos z dz
x 1 1 1 -21 1 t 1/ 2 sin z
∫ ∫ ( z > 0 as x > 0 )
2∫
dx = = dt = t dt + . c = 2 ln sin z + c,
4 + x2 t 2 2 1/ 2
=+2 ln sin x c
= t + c = 4 + x2 + c
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
16 17
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
∫ 1 + sin x dx = ∫
1 - sin x
.cos x dx-= ∫
1- t
= ∫ (1 t ) 2 dt
sec x ( sec x + tan x )
(ii) ∫ sec x dx = ∫ ( sec x + tan x )
dx
(1 - t ) 2
1
- +1
= +c = -2 1 -t +c
Put (
sec x + tan x = t, then sec xtan x + sec 2 x dx = dt ) 1
-
+ 1 ( - 1)
or sec x ( sec x + tan x ) dx = dt 2
-= 2- 1 + x
sin c
sec x ( sec x tan x )
so ∫ ( sec x tan x ) dx = ∫ t dt = ln t + c dx
Thus ∫ sec x dx = ln sec x + tan x + c ( t = sec x + tan x ) Example 8: Find ∫ x ( ln 2 x ) 3
, ( x > 0)
1 1
.2 dx = dt or dx = dt
1 2x x
Solution: Put
sin x = t, then dt = .cos x dx
2 sin x 1 1 1 t -2
Thus ∫ ( ln 2 x ) ∫ t3 ∫t
-3
or 2t dt == cos x dx sin x t . dx = .dt = dt = + c
3
x -2
Putting sin x ==t and cos x dx 2t dt in the integral, we have,
1 1
= - + c = - + c
∫ cos x sin x cos x dx = ∫ (1 - t ) . t × 2t dt, ( cos- x = 1=
- sin x ) 2 ( ln 2 x )
2 4 2 2 4
1 t 2t 2 2
= 2 ∫ ( t 2 - t 6 ) dt = 2 ∫ t 2 dt - 2∫ t 6 dt
Example 9: Find ∫ a x x dx , ( a > 0, a ≠ 1)
2
3 7
t t
= 2. - 2 + c 1
3 7 Solution: Put x 2 = t, then x dx =dt
3 7 2
2 3
2 7
2 2
= ( sin x ) 2 - ( sin x ) + c = sin x - sin 2 x + c
2 2
1
Thus ∫ a x x dx = ∫ a t × dt
2
3 7 3 7
2
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
18 19
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
(iii) a2 + x2 x = a tan q
where a is positive.
(iv) x + a (or x - a) x + a = t (or x - a = t)
Solution: (i) Let x = a Sin q, that is, (v) 2ax - x 2 x - a = a sin q
p p (vi) 2ax + x 2 x + a = a sec q
x = a Sinq for - <q < , then dx = a cosq dq
2 2
1
dx a cos q dq Example 1. Evaluate ∫ dx ( a > 0)
Thus ∫ a2 - x2
= ∫ a 2 - a 2 sin 2 q
a + x
2 2
a cos q dq a cos q dq p p
==∫ ∫ a cosq Solution: Let x = a tan q for - <q < . Then
a 1 - sin q 2
2 2
= ∫1 dq = q + c dx = a sec2 q dq
Thus
x x
-1
= Sin + c = Sin q
a a 1 1 a sec 2 q dq
∫ dx = ∫ × a sec q dq = ∫a
2
a2 + x2 a 2 + a 2 tan 2 q 1 + tan 2 q
p p
(ii) Put x = a Sec q i.e., x = a sec q for 0 < q < or <q <p. a sec 2 q dq
2 2 ==∫ ∫ secq dq
Then dx = a sec q tan q dq a secq
secq ( secq + tanq )
dx a secq tanq d q =∫ d=q ln ( sec +q tan q+) c1
Thus ∫x x2 - a2
= ∫ a secq
a 2sec 2q - a 2
secq + tanq
=-∫
a secq tanq d q
a secq .a tanq ( a ( sec q 1)
2 2
a2 + x2
= ln
a
x
+
a
+c1 sec q 1= tan
2 x2
+ q 1= + 2
2
a
a2 + x2
= 2
a
i.e.,
1
= ∫1 dq =
a
1
a
.q + c = a 2 tan 2 = a tanq ) a 2 + x 2 + x+
= ln =+ +=
+
= q
c1sec c1secq
+ a2 + x2
q as secq is
a a a a
1 x x
= Sec -1+ c. Sec=q
a a a
( (
= ln= x + +a 2 + x+2 ) -) ln- aln +a c+ pos 1 1
p p p p
< << q< q
- -for
c positive
2 2
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
20 21
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
dx
Example 2. Evaluate ∫ , (x> 0) sin q ax dx
2x+ x 2 12. ∫ 1 + cos2 q dq 13. ∫ a2 - x4
14. ∫ 7 - 6 x - x2
dx dx cos x ln sin x
Solution: ∫ = ∫ 15. ∫ sin x ln dx 16. ∫ cos x sin x dx
2x + x ( x + 1)
2 2
-1 sin x
x dx x
Let x + 1 = sec q . Then
0 < q <
p 17. ∫ 4 + 2 x + x2 18. ∫ x 4 + 2 x 2 + 5 dx
2
x 1 x + 2
dx = sec q tan q dq
19. ∫ cos x - ×
2 x
- 1 dx
20. ∫ x + 3
dx
EXERCISE 3.3
3.5 INTEGRATION BY PARTS
Evaluate the following integrals:
We know that for any two functions f and g.
- 2x dx x 2
1. ∫ 4 - x2
dx 2. ∫ x + 4x +13
2
3. ∫ 4 + x 2 dx d
f ( x ) g ( x ) =+f ′ ( x ) g ( x ) f ( x ) g′( x )
dx
1 ex
4. ∫ x ln x dx 5. ∫ e x + 3 dx or f ( x ) g′( x ) =-
d
f ( x ) g ( x ) f ′( x ) g ( x )
dx
x + b sec 2 x
6. ∫ 1
dx 7. ∫ tan x
dx Integrating both the sides with respect to x, we get,
(x + 2bx + c ) 2
d
∫ f ( x ) g ′ ( x ) dx =-∫ ( f ( x ) g ( x )) f ′ ( x ) g ( x ) dx
8. (a) Show that
dx
∫ x - a 2 = ln x +
2 ( x2 - a2 )+c dx
d
a x x =-∫ f ( x ) g ( x ) dx ∫ f ′ ( x ) g ( x ) dx
∫ a - x dx = Sin 1 + a - x + c dx
2 2 2 2
(b) show that
a a
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
22 23
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
Example 4. Evaluate ∫x
5
ln x dx
Example 1. Find ∫ x cos x dx.
Solution: ∫x ln x dx = ∫ ( ln x ) x
5 5
dx
Solution: If f(x) = x and g ‘ (x) = cos x,
x6 x6 1 x6 1
then f ’(x) = 1 and g(x) = sin x = ( ln x ) - ∫ 6 . x dx = 6 ln x - 6 ∫ x dx
5
6
Thus ∫ x cos x dx = x sin x - ∫ ( sin x ) (1) dx x6 1 x6
= ln x - + c1
= x sin x - ( - cos x ) + c 6 6 6
=+x sin x + cos x c x 6
x 6
c1
= ln x -
+ c where c = -
6 36 6
Example 2. Find ∫x e
x
dx
Example 5. Evaluate ∫ ln x + ( x 2 + 1 dx )
Solution: Let
u=x and dv = e dx, x
∫x e dx = x e x ∫e x 1 dx -= x e x -
x x
ex + c 1 1 2 1
(x 1) 2 . 2 x
-1
f ′( x ) = × + +
1
x + x2 + 1 2
1 x
=+ . 1
x + x2 + 1 x2 + 1
24 25
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
∫ ln (x + )
x 2 + 1 . 1 dx = [ln( x + x 2 + 1)] .x - ∫x . x + 1
2
1
dx Thus ∫ e ax cos bx dx× = e ax
sin bx
-
sin bx
∫ ×b (ae ax ) dx
b
(x + )
1
1
x + 1 x - ∫ ( x + 1) 2 ( 2 x ) dx
-
1 ax a ax
∫ ln
2 2
b∫
2 =- e sin bx e sin bx dx (I)
b
2 1 Integrating ∫ e ax sin bx dx , by parts, we get
1 ( x + 1) 2
= x ln (x + x + 1) -
2
+ c1
2 1 cos bx cos bx
∫ = × - - ∫ - × (ae ) dx + c1
ax ax ax
e sin bx dx e
2 b b
= x ln x + ( )
x2 + 1 - x 2 + 1 + c1 , where c
1
= - c1
2
=
1 ax
b
-
e cos bx
a
b ∫ e ax cos+bx dx c1 (II) +
a a
then a 2 + b 2 = r 2 ⇒ r = a 2 + b 2
1 1
Thus ∫x a e dx = x 2e ax - 2 .x e ax - 2 e ax + c1
2 ax
a a b r sin q b
= = tan q ⇒ q = tan -1
2 2 a r cosq a
= x 2e ax - .xe ax + 2 e ax + c1 where c = 2c1
a a
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
26 27
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
1 - cos 2 x
b b =-∫ dx ∫ sin 2 x cos 2 x dx (I)
, = q
-1 -1
=+ a 2 2
- bx
b cos tan tan 2
a a
Integrating ∫ sin 2 x cos 2 x dx by parts, we have
The answer can be written as:
∫ sin x cos 2 x dx = ∫ cos x sin 2 x cos x dx
2
1 b
∫ e cos bx dx = e ax cos bx - tan -1 + c
ax
a 2 - b2 a sin 3 x
sin x
3
× ( - sin x ) dx [ If f (x) = cos x and
=- cos x
3
∫ 3
Example 8. Evaluate ∫ a 2 + x 2 dx g' (x) = sin 2 x cos x.
( )
1
1 2
Solution: ∫ a 2 + x 2 . 1 dx = a2 + x2 x - ∫x . 2
( a + x ) . 2 x dx
2 2
=
1
3
cos x sin 3 x
1
3 ∫ sin 4 x dx ..... (II) + then f ' (x) = sin x -
x2 sin 3 x
∫
2
= x a +x 2 2
- dx and g (x) = sin
a2 + x2 3
a2 + x2 - a2 Putting the value of ∫ sin 2 x cos 2 x dx in (I), we obtain,
= x a +x - ∫
2 2
dx
a2 + x2
1 cos 2 x 1 1
∫ sin x dx = -∫ - dx + ∫
4 3 4
a2 3 cos x sin x sin x dx
= x a +x - ∫ a + x dx + ∫
2 2 2 2
dx 2 2 3
a + x
2 2
1 1 1 1
= ∫-1 dx
2∫ ∫
1 cos 2-x dx cos x sin- 3x sin 4 x dx
2 ∫ a 2 + x 2 dx = x a2 + x2 + a2. ∫ dx 2 3 3
a2 + x2
1 1 1 sin 2 x 1
= x a 2 + x 2 + a 2 ln x +
( a2 + x2 ) + c1
or 1 + ∫ sin 4 x dx =
3 2
× -
2 2
+ c-1
3
cos x sin 3 x
28 29
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
EXERCISE 3.4
e (1 + sin x )
x
x1 2 x x
i.e. ∫ 1 + cos x dx =+ ∫ 2
e sec
2
tan dx
2 1. Evaluate the following integrals by parts add a word representing all the
1 x x functions are deined.
=+ ∫ e x sec 2 dx ∫ e tan 2 dx
x
(I)
2 2
But x x x x 2 x 1
∫ tan . e dx = tan - ∫e sec .+ dx c, (Integrating by parts) (i) ∫ x sin x dx (ii) ∫ ln x dx (iii) ∫ x ln x dx
x
.e
2 2 2 2
x x 1 x (iv) ∫ x ln x dx (v) ∫ x ln x dx (vi) ∫ x ln x dx
2 3 4
i.e. ∫ e tan dx = e x-tan ∫ e sec+
x x 2
dx c (II)
2 2 2 2
(vii) ∫ Tan x dx (viii) ∫ x sin x dx (ix) ∫ x Tan x dx
-1 2 2 -1
x
Putting the value of ∫ e x tan dx in (I), we get
(x) ∫ x Tan x dx (xi) ∫ x Tan x dx (xii) ∫ x cos x dx
-1 3 -1 3
2
e x (1 + sin x ) (xiii) ∫ Sin x dx (xiv) ∫ x Sin x dx
-1 -1
1 x 2x x x 1 x 2x x
∫ 1 + cos x dx = 2 ∫ e sec 2+ dx e tan- 2 2∫
e sec + dx=
2
+
c e x tan
2
c
(xv) ∫ e sin x cos x dx (xvi) ∫ x sin x cos x dx
x
Solution: ∫e
ax
a f ( x ) + f ′ ( x ) dx =
∫ e . a f ( x ) dx + ∫ e . f ′ ( x ) dx ...(i)
ax ax
x Sin-1 x
In the second integral, let j ( x ) = e ax and g ′ ( x ) = f ′ ( x ) ,
(xxi) ∫ 1 -x 2
dx
= ∫ a e ax f ( x ) dx + e ax f ( x ) - ∫ a e ax f ( x ) dx + c 1 b
3. Show that ∫ e ax sin bx dx = - e ax sin bx + Tan -1 c.
= e ax f ( x ) + c. a 2 + b2 a
(i) ∫ a 2 - x 2 dx (ii) ∫ x -a
2 2
dx
(iii) ∫ 4 - 5x 2 dx (iv) ∫ 3 - 4x
2
dx
(v) ∫ x 2 + 4 dx (vi) ∫ x e dx
2 ax
30 31
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
2 ∫
If P(x), Q(x) are polynomial functions and the denominator Q(x)( ≠ 0), in the rational 9
= 4 ln ( x - 2 ) - ln ( 2 x - 3) + c, ( x > 2 )
P(x) 2
function ,can be factorized into linear and quadratic (irreducible) factors, then the rational
Q(x)
function is written as a sum of simpler rational functions, each of which can be integrated by
2 x3 - 9 x 2 + 12 x
methods already known to us. Example 2: Evaluate ∫ dx, ( x > 2)
2 x2 - 7 x + 6
Here we will give examples of the following three cases when the denominator Q(x)
contains Solution: After performing the division by the denominator, we get
2 x 3 - 9 x 2 + 12 x -x + 6
Case I. Non-repeated linear factors. ∫ 2 x2 - 7 x + 6 dx = ∫
x - 1 + dx
2x - 7x + 6
2
32 33
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
2a
Example 3: Evaluate (i) ∫x dx , ( x > a) ( x - 1)-1
- a2 = 2 ln ( x - 1) - ln ( x + 1) + 3
2
+ c
-1
2a
(ii) ∫ a 2 - x 2 dx, ( x < a) x - 1 3
= 2 ln - + c
x + 1 x - 1
Solution: (i) The denominator x2 - a2 = (x - a)(x + a),
2a A B e x ( x 2 + 1)
Let +
=
( x - a )( x + a ) x - a x + a
Example 5: Evaluate ∫ (x + 1)
2
dx
1 1
= - , (Applying the method of partial fractions)
Solution: e x ( x 2 + 1) 2 2
x - a x + a ∫ (x dx = ∫ e x 1 - + 2
dx, (By Partial Fractions)
+ 1)
2
( x + 1) ( x + 1)
2a 1 1
Thus ∫( x a ) -.1 dx + (x a)
e x ( x 2 + 1)
-1 -1
∫ (x - a )( x + a )
dx = ∫ x - a
- dx -=
x + a
. 1 dx
ex ex
⇒ ∫ (x dx = ∫ e dx - 2 ∫ dx + 2 ∫ (x
x
dx (I)
+ 1) x + 1 + 1)
2 2
x - a
= ln x - a - ln x + a + c = ln + c, ( x > a)
x + a
We integrate by parts the last integral on the right side of (I).
(ii) It is left as an exercise.
(x + 1) ( x + 1)-1 x
-1
∫ e ( x + 1)
-2
EXAMPLES OF CASE II
x
dx = e . x
- ∫ . e dx
-1 -1
7 1 ex ex ex
Example 4: Evaluate ∫(x dx (x 1) or ∫ (x + 1)
2
-dx = +
x + 1 ∫ x + 1 dx (II)
- 1) ( x + 1)
Solution: We write Using (II), (I) becomes
7x - 1 A B C e x ( x 2 + 1) ex ex ex
∫ ( x - 1)2 ( x + 1) dx = x - 1 + (x - 1)
2
+
x + 1 ∫ (x + 1)
2
dx = ∫ e dx - 2 ∫
x
x + 1
dx + 2 -
x + 1
+ ∫ x + 1 dx
Applying the method ex 2e x ex
= ( e + c ) - 2∫
2 3 2
= + - of Partial Fractions
x
dx - + 2∫ dx
x - 1 (x - 1) x + 1 x + 1 x + 1 x + 1
2
2 2e x xe x + e x - 2e x e x ( x - 1)
Thus 7x - 1 3 2 = e -
x
+ c = + c = + c.
∫ ( x - 1)2 ( x + 1) dx = ∫ x - 1 + (x - 1)
2
-
x +
dx
1
x + 1 x + 1 x + 1
= 2 ∫ ( x - 1) .1 dx + 3∫ ( x - 1) .1 dx - 2 ∫ ( x + 1) .1 dx
-1 -2 -1
1
Example 6: Evaluate ∫ x 3 - 1 dx
(x - 1)
-2+1
= 2 ln ( x - 1) + 3 - 2 ln ( x + 1) + c ( x > 1)
-2 + 1 Solution: The denominator x3 - 1 = (x - 1 )(x2 + x + 1),
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
34 35
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
Bx + C 1 1 1 2 x2 + 1
ln x 2 - 1 - ln ( x 4 + x 2 + 1) -
1 A
Let = + = Tan -1 + c
( x - 1) ( x 2 + x + 1) x - 1 x 2 + x + 1 3 6 3 3
1 1 2
- x - 3
= 3 + 3 3
, ( Applying the method of partial fractions )
Example 8: Evaluate ∫ x( x 3
- 1)
dx , x ≠ 0, x ≠ - 1
x - 1 x + x + 1
2
1 1 1 x+2
=- . . 2 ,
3 x - 1 3 x + x + 1 3 A B Cx + D
Solution: Let x x3 - 1 =+ +
1 1 1 1 2x + 4
( ) x x - 1 x + x + 1
Thus
( x - 1) ( x 2 + x + 1)
dx = ∫ .
3 x - 1
- .
6 x + x + 1
2 dx
=
-3
1
+ +
2x + 1
(By the method of partial fractions)
x - 1
x x + x + 1
2
1 1 1 2x + 1 1 3
= ∫ 3 . x - 1
1.dx - . 2
6 x + x + 1
- . 2 dx
6 x + x + 1 Let
3
∫ x ( x - 1) x 2 + x + 1 dx =
-3 1 2x + 1
∫ x x - 1 x 2 + x + 1 dx
+ +
1 1 1 1
( )
∫(x + x + 1)
-1
= ∫ ( x - 1) dx - ( 2 x + 1) dx -
-1
∫
2
2
dx
3 6 2 3
∫(x + x + 1)
2
1 -1
= - 3∫ ( x ) 1 . dx + ∫(x - 1) 1 . dx + ( 2x + 1) dx
-1 -1 2
x+ +
2 2
1
= - 3ln x + ln x - 1 + ln (x 2
+ x + 1) + c
x +
1 1 1 1 = - 3ln x + ln x - 1 ( x 2 + x + 1) + c
= ln x - 1 - ln ( x 2 + x + 1) - . Tan -1 +2 c
3 6 2 3 3
= - 3ln x + ln x3 - 1 + c
2 2
1 1 1 2x + 1
= ln x - 1 - ln ( x 2 + x + 1) - Tan -1 + c Example 9: Evaluate ∫ 2
2 x2 + 6 x
dx
3 6 3 3
( x + 1) ( x + 2 x + 3 )
Solution: We write
Note: x2+ x + 1 is positive for real values of x.
2x 2 x2 + 6 x Ax + B Cx + D
Example 7: Evaluate ∫ 6 dx Let = +
x - 1 ( x2 + 1)( x2 + 2 x + 3) x2 + 1 x2 + 2 x + 3
Solution: Put x2 = t, then 2x dx = dt and 2x + 1 2x + 3
= - 2 (Applying the method of partial fractions)
x + 1
2
x + 2x + 3
2x 1 1 2 x2 + 6 x
∫x dx = ∫ 3 dt = ∫ (t 2x + 1 2x + 3
- 1) ( t + t + 1) Thus ∫ ( x 2 + 1)( x 2 + 2 x + 3) ∫ x
6
- 1 t - 1 2 dx = - 2 dx
2
+ 1 x + 2x + 3
1 1 1 2t + 1
= ln t - 1 - ln ( t 2 + t + 1) - Tan -1 + c 2x 1 2x + 2 1
3 6 3 3
(See the example 6)
= ∫x 2
+ 1
dx + ∫x 2
+ 1
- ∫x 2
+ 2x + 3
dx - ∫x 2
+ 2x + 3
dx
36 37
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
1 + 4x 12
= ∫ ( x + 1) ( 2 x ) dx + ∫ 2
2 -1 1
dx - ∫ ( x + 2 x + 3) ( 2 x + 2) dx - ∫
-1 1
dx 21. ∫ ( x - 3) ( x 2 + 4 ) dx 22. ∫ dx
x +1
( ) +8
2
(x + 1) +
2
2
x + 1 9x + 6 2 x 2 + 5x + 3
= ln ( x + 1) + Tan x - ln
2 -1
(x 2
+ 2 x + 3) -
1
Tan -1 + c 23. ∫ x3 - 8 dx 24. ∫ (x - 1) ( x 2 + 4 )
2
dx
2 2
2 x2 - x - 7 3x + 1
EXERCISE 3.5 25. ∫ ( x + 2) ( x
2 2
+ x + 1)
dx 26. ∫ ( 4 x 2 + 1)( x 2 - x + 1) dx
Evaluate the following integrals. 4x + 1 6a 2
27. ∫ ( x 2 + 4 )( x 2 + 4x + 5) dx 28. ∫ ( x 2 + a 2 )( x 2 + 4a 2 ) dx
3x + 1 5x + 8 2 x2 - 2
1. ∫x 2
- x - 6
dx 2. ∫ ( x + 3 ) ( 2x - 1)
dx 29. ∫ ( x 4 + x 2 + 1) dx 30. ∫ (x
3x - 8
dx
2
- x + 2 )( x 2 + x + 2 )
x 2 + 3 x - 34 (a- b) x
3. ∫ x 2 + 2x - 15 dx 4. ∫ ( x - a )( x - b ) dx, (a > b) 3x3 + 4 x 2 + 9x + 5
31. ∫ ( x 2 + x + 1)( x 2 + 2x + 3) dx
3 - x 2x
5. ∫ 1 - x - 6 x 2 dx 6. ∫ x 2 - a 2 dx
2 x3 - 3x 2 - x - 7
7.
1
∫ 6 x 2 + 5 x - 4 dx 8. ∫ 2 x 2 - 3x - 2 dx 3.6 THE DEFINITE INTEGRALS
3 x 2 - 12 x + 11 2x - 1 We have already discussed in section 3.2 about the indeinite integral that is, if f‘ (x) =
9. ∫ ( x - 1) ( x - 2 ) ( x - 3) dx 10. ∫ x ( x - 1)( x - 3) dx f(x), then
5 x 2 + 9x + 6 4 + 7x
11. ∫ ( x 2 - 1) ( 2 x + 3) dx 12. ∫ (1 + x ) ( 2 dx ∫ f ( x ) dx = f ( x ) + c, where c is an arbitrary constant
+ 3x )
2
b
2 x2 1 If ∫ f ( x ) dx = f ( x ) + c, then the integral of f from a to b is denoted by ∫ f ( x ) dx (read as
13. ∫ (x - 1) ( x + 1)
2
dx 14. ∫ (x - 1)( x + 1)
2
dx
intergral from a to b of f of x, dx) and is evaluated as: a
x + 4 x3 - 6 x 2 + 25
15. ∫ x3 - 3x 2 + 4 dx 16. ∫ ( x + 1) ( x - 2)
dx b b
( if f ( x ) = f′( x ))
∫ f ( x ) dx = ∫ f ′ ( x ) dx
2 2
a a
x3 + 22 x 2 + 14 x - 17 x - 2
17. ∫ (x - 3)( x + 2 )
3
dx 18. ∫ ( x + 1) ( x 2 + 1) dx = f ( x ) + c a = f ( b ) + c - f ( a ) + c = f ( b ) - f ( a )
b
x 9x - 7 b
19. ∫ (x - 1) ( x 2 + 1)
dx 20. ∫ ( x + 3) ( x 2 + 1) dx ∫ f ( x ) dx has a deinite value f(b) - f(a), so it is called the deinite integral of f from a to b.
a
f(b) - f(a) is denoted as f ( x ) a or f ( x ) a (read f(x) from a to b)
b b
38 39
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
The interval [a, b] is called the range of integration while a and b are known as the To explain the idea mentioned above, we irst
lower and upper limits respectively.
1 2
draw the graph of f deined as: f ( x ) = x
b 2
As f(b) - f(a) is a deinite value, so the variable of integration x in ∫ f ( x ) dx can be
The graph of f is shown in the igure. We divide
replaced by any other letter. a
Note: If the lower limit is a constant and the upper limit is a variable, then the integral is As the subintervals are
[x0, x1], [x1, x2], [x2, x3], [x3, x4], so
x
x0 = 1, x1 = 1.5, x2 = 2, x3 = 2.5, x4 = 3
f ( t ) dt = f ( t ) = f ( x) - f (a)
x
a function of the upper limit, that is, ∫
a
a In the igure MA = f(x0), NB = f(x1) and MN = dx, so it
is obvious that the area of the rectangle AMNC < the area of the shaded region AMNB < area
x
x
of the rectangle DMNB, that is,
For Example, ∫
a
3t 2 dt = t 3 = x3 - a 3
a
f(x0).dx < area of the shaded region AMNB < f(x1).dx
* * * *
The relation f’ (x) = f(x) shows that f(x) gives the rate of change of f(x), so the total Let x 1 , x 2 , x 3 , x 4 be the mid point of four sub-
change in f(x) from a to b as f(b) - f(a) shows the connection between anti-derivatives and intervals mentioned above.
* *
b
Then the value of f at x 1 , is f ( x 1 ) , so the area of the
deinite integral ∫ f ( x ) dx .
a
*
rectangle FMNE = f ( x 1 ) dx
(See the rectangle FMNE shown in the igure)
40 41
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
Thus the area above the x-axis and under the curve y = f(x) from a to b is the deinite or A ‘ (x) = f(x)
b
that is, A(x) is an antiderivative of f, so ∫ f ( x ) dx = A( x) + c
integral ∫ f ( x) dx.
x
∫ f ( x ) dx = A ( x ) a = A ( x ) - A ( a )
a x
and
a
42 43
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
Since A(x) is deined as the area under the curve y = f(x) from a to x, so A(a) = 0
p
which shows that the area A of the region, above the x-axis and under the curve y = f (x) from The Deinite integral ∫ f ( x ) dx
a to b is given by
a
gives the area under the curve y = f(x) from x = a to x = b and the x-axis (proof is given
b b
in the article 3.6.1)
∫ f ( x ) dx, that is,
a
A = ∫ f ( x ) dx
a
b
∫ f ( x ) dx
a
= f (b) - f ( a )
x = a, x = b is - ∫ f ( x ) dx.
a Note that the diference f(b) - f(a) is independent of the choice of anti-derivative of the
function f.
For example, sin x is negative for - p < x < 0 b a
and is positive for 0 < x < p. (c) ∫ f ( x ) dx = - ∫ f ( x ) dx
Therefore the area bounded by the x-axis a b
p -p p
0
b a
- ∫ sin x dx + ∫ sin x dx = ∫ sin x dx + ∫ sin x dx ∫ f ( x ) dx = ∫ f ( x ) dx Proof
- of (c) and (d):
-p 0 0 0 a b (c) If f‘ (x) = f(x), that is, if f is an anti-derivative of f, then using the Fundamental Theorem
= [ - cos x ]0 + [ - cos x ]0 = - cos ( -p ) - cos0 + - ( cos p - cos0 )
-p p
of Calculus, we get
= - ( -1) - 1 - ( -1) -1 = 2 + 2 = 4 b a
∫ f ( x ) dx
a
= f ( b ) - f ( a ) = - f ( a ) - f ( b ) = - ∫ f ( x ) dx
b
44 45
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
(d) If f’ (x) = f(x), that is, if f(x) is an anti-derivative of f(x), then applying the Fundamental
Theorem of Calculus, we have x2
2
= - [ x ]1 + 2 ln ( x + 1) 1
2 2
c b 2 1
∫ f ( x ) dx = f (c) f ( a ) and ∫ f-( x ) dx f (b) f (c) = - ( 2 )2 (1)
2
a c = - - [ 2 - 1] + 2 ln ( 2 + 1) - ln (1 + 1)
c b
2 2
Thus ∫ f ( x ) dx + ∫ f ( x ) dx = f ( c ) - f ( a ) + f (b) - f ( c )
1
a c = 2 - - 1 + 2 [ ln 3 - ln 2]
b 2
= f (b) - f (c ) = ∫ f ( x ) dx 1 3
a
= + 2ln
2 2
Other properties of deinite integrals can easily be proved by applying the Fundamental p
3
Theorem of Calculus. x + 9x + 1
3 4
3 2
Solution:
x2 + 1
Example 1: Evaluate (i) ∫(x + 3 x 2 ) dx (ii) ∫
3
dx
x + 1
-1 1 3
x3 + 9 x + 1
3
x3 + 9 x 1
Solution:
(i) ∫
0
x2 + 9
dx = ∫0 x 2 + 9 + x 2 + 9 dx
3 3 3 x ( x2 + 9)
3
1
3
1
= ∫ 2 ∫0
(i) ∫(x + 3x ) dx = ∫x dx + ∫ 3x + 2 dx = x + dx
3 2 3 2
dx x + 9 x + 9 x2 + 9
0
-1 -1 -1
3 3
x4
3
( 3)4 ( -+1) 4 1
3 3
= + x = - ( )
- 3 -3
( 1)
3
= ∫ x dx + ∫x 2
+ 9
dx
4 -1 4 4
-1 0 0
x2
3
1 -1 x
3
1 1 x
81 1 81 - 1 = Tan ∫ 2 dx = + Tan -1 c +
= - + 27 - ( -1) = + ( 27 + 1) 2 0
3 3 0 x + ( 3)
2
3 3
4 4 4
( )
2
= 20 + 28 = 48 3 ( 0)
2
= - + 1 Tan -1 3 - Tan -1 0
2 2 2 2 3 3 3
x2 + 1 x2 - 1 + 2
(ii) ∫ x +1
dx = ∫1 x + 1 dx 3 1 1
= - 0 + Tan -1 - Tan -1 0
1
2
x2 - 1 2
2
2 2 3 3
= ∫
x + 1
+ dx =
x + 1 ∫ x - 1 + dx
x + 1 3 1p 3 p 1 p
1 1
= + - 0 = + Tan -1 = and Tan -1 0 = 0
2 2 2 2 3 6 2 18 3 6
1
= ∫ x dx
1
- ∫ 1 dx
1
+ 2 ∫
1
x + 1
dx
46 47
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
p p 0 2 2
4 4 = ∫ 0 dx + ∫ 2 x dx = 0 + 2 ∫ x dx
(ii) ∫ sec x ( sec x + tan x ) dx = ∫ ( sec x + sec x tan x ) dx
2
-1 0 0
0 0 2
p p x2 4 0
4 4 = 2 = 2 - = 4
=+∫ sec x dx 2 0 2 2
∫ sec x
2
tan x dx
0 0
p p
p p 7
3x
= [ tan x ] -+ [sec x ] + = tan -
4 4
0 0
4
tan 0
sec
4
sec 0
Example 5: Evaluate ∫
0 x +9
2
dx
= (1 - 0 ) + ( )
2 - 1 = 2 Solution: Let f(x) = x2 + 9. Then f ‘ (x) = 2x, so
3
p
3x (2 x) 3 -
1
2 = dx
∫ dx = ∫ + ∫ (x
2 2
1 4 9) (2 x) dx
Example 3: Evaluate ∫ dx x +9
2
x2 + 9 2
0
1 - sinx 1
3 -
= ∫ [ f ( x)] f ( x) dx
2
p p
4
1 4
1 + sin x 2
Solution: ∫ dx = ∫0 (1 - sin x )(1 + sin x ) dx -
1
+ 1
1 - sin x 3 [ f ( x)]
2 1 1
0
= = 3 [ f ( x)] + c = 3( x + 9)
2 2 2
+ c
p p 2 - 1 +1
4
1 + sin x 4
1 + sin x 2
= ∫ 1 - sin 2 x
dx = ∫ cos 2 x
dx
7
0 0 7
3x 2 1
2
1 1
∫ dx = 3( x + 9) 2 = 3 (7 + 9) - (0 + 9)
2
p p Thus
1
4
sin x 4 x2 + 9 0
∫ ( sec sec x tan x ) dx
0
= ∫ + dx = + 2
x
0
cos 2 x cos 2 x 2
1 1
p p
Solution: Let t = Sin -1 x. Then x = sin t for - ≤ t ≤
2 0 2 2 2
Solution: ∫ ( x + x ) dx = ∫ ( x + x ) dx + ∫ ( x + x ) dx (by property (d))
p p
-1 -1 0 and dx = cos t dt = 1 - sin 2 t dt cos t is +ve for - ≤ t ≤
2 2
0 2
-x = x if x < 0
= ∫ [ x + (- x)] dx + ∫ ( x + ( x)] dx
-1 0 = x if x > 0 = 1 - x 2 dt
48 49
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
1 p p p
or dx = dt (x ≠ -1, 1) = sin + cos - (0 sin 0 + cos 0)
1 - x2 6 6 6
1 1 1 p p 1 3 p 3
if x = , then = S in t ⇒t = Sin -1 = = . + - (0+1) = + - 1
2 2 2 6 6 2 2 12 2
3ð 3 3
and if x = , then = Sin t ⇒ t = Sin -1 = e
2 2 2 3
3 3
Example 8: Evaluate ∫ x In x dx
1
2
Sin -1 x 2
1
∫ ∫ (Sin
-1
Thus dx = x) . dx Solution: Applying the formula
1 1 - x2 1 1 - x2
2 2
p
∫ f ( x) f ' ( x) dx = f ( x) f ( x) - ∫ f ( x) f ' ( x) dx, we have
3
x2 x2 1
= ∫
p
t dt ⇒ ( x = Sin
= t Sin -1 x t) ∫ (In x) x dx = (In x) . 2
- ∫ .
2
x
dx
6
p 1 2 1 1 2 1 x2
t2 3 1 p p
2
1 p2
2
p2 =
2
x In x -
2 ∫ x dx =
2
x In x- +
2 2
c
= = - = -
2 p 2 3 6 2 9 36 e
6
e
1 2 x2
1 4p 2 - p 2 3p 2 p2
Thus ∫1 x In x dx =- 2 x In x
4 1
= = =
2 36 72 24 1 2 e 1 2 (1) 2
= e In e - - (1) In 1 -
2 4 2 4
p
6 e2 e2 1 1
= .1 - - . 0 - ( In e = 1 and In 1 = 0)
Example 7: Evaluate ∫ x cos x dx
0
2 4 2 4
e2 1
Solution: Applying the formula = +
4 4
∫ f ( x) f ' (x) dx = f (x) f ( x) - ∫ f ( x) f ' ( x) dx, we have
1 3 1
-2 -2
50 51
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
3 1 3 p p p
Solution: (i) ∫ f ( x) dx
-2
= ∫ f ( x) dx
-2
+ ∫
1
f (x) dx = 5 + 3 = 8
19.
3
∫ cos q
2
sin q dq 20.
4
∫ (1 + cos
2
q ) tan q dq
2
21.
4
sec q
∫ sin q + cos q dq
0 0 0
1 1 1
(ii) ∫ [2 f ( x) + 3g ( x)] dx = ∫ 2 f ( x) dx + ∫ 3 g (x) dx 13
2
-2 -2 -2
5 1 x + 2 3
1 1
x2 - 2
= 2 ∫ f ( x) dx +3 ∫ g (x) dx 22. ∫ x-3
-1
dx 23. ∫1/8 23 dx 24. ∫1 x + 1 dx
-2 -2 x
p p
= 2(5) + 3(4) = 10 + 12 = 22 3
3x - 2 x + 1
2 4
sin x - 1 4
1
1 1 1 1
25. ∫2 ( x - 1)( x 2 + 1) dx 26. ∫0 cos2 x 27. ∫0 1 + sin x dx
(iii) ∫ 3 f ( x) dx
-2
- ∫ 2 g ( x) dx = 3 ∫ f ( x) dx
-2 -2
- 2 ∫ g (x) dx
-2 p p
1
= 3 × 5 - 2 × 4 = 15 - 8 = 7 3x 2
cos x 2
sin x
28. ∫
0 4 - 3x
dx 29. ∫
p sin x (2 + sin x )
dx 30. ∫0 (1 + cos x)(2 + cos x) dx
EXERCISE 3.6 6
p p p
Thus the required area = ∫ (4 - x ) dx = 4 x -
6 4 4
16. ∫ cos q dq 17. ∫p cos q cot q dq 18. ∫ cos
3 2 2 4
t dt
0 0
6
52 53
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
∫ x(x - 4) dx
2
8 8
= 8 - - -8 + -2
3 3
0 0
-16 x2 x4
0
16 32 x4
= - = - = ∫ (x 3
- =
4 x) dx 4 - = 2
2x
3 3 3 -2
4 2 -2 4 -2
Example 2. Find the area bounded by the curve y = x3 + 3x2 and the x-axis. (-2) 4 16
= 0 - - 2(-2) 2 = 0 - - 8 = - (4 - 8) = 4
4 4
Solution: Putting y = 0 , we have
x3 + 3x2 = 0
⇒ x2 (x + 3) = 0 ⇒ x = 0, x = -3 f(x) 7 0 for 0 7 x 7 2, that is, the area in the interval [0, 2 ] is below the x-axis and is
2
2
x4
The curve cuts the x-axis at (-3, 0) and (0, 0) equal to - ∫ ( x - 4) dx -=
3
-4
2
2x
(see the igure). 0 0
16
0 -= - 4 -
2(4) 0
Thus the required area = ∫ (x + 3 x 2 ) dx
3
-3 = - [ -4 - 8] = - (-4) = 4
Thus the area of the shaded region = 4 + 4 = 8
0
x4
= + x3
4 -3
Example 4: Find the area bounded by the curve f(x) = x3 - 2x2 + 1 and the x-axis in
0 (-3) 4
= + 0 - + (-3)3 the 1st quadrant.
4 4
81 81 - 108 27 27
= 0 - - 27 = - = -- = Solution: As f(1) = 1 - 2 + 1 = 0, so x - 1 is factor of x3 - 2x2 + 1. By long division, we ind that
4 4 4 4
x2 - x - 1 is also a factor of x3 - 2x2 + 1.
Example 3. Find the area bounded by y = x(x2 - 4) and the x-axis. Solving x2 - x - 1 = 0, we get
54 55
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
p p
Find the area bounded by cos function from x = -
0
4. to x =
1 2 2
x4 x3 5. Find the area between the x-axis and the curve y = 4x - x2.
= - 2 + x
4 3 0 6. Determine the area bounded by the parabola y = x2 + 2x - 3 and the x-axis.
1 2 3 - 8 + 12 7 7. Find the area bounded by the curve y = x3 + 1, the x-axis and line x = 2.
= - + 1 - 0 = =
4 3 12 12 8. Find the area bounded by the curve y = x3 - 4x and the x-axis.
9. Find the area between the curve y = x(x - 1)(x + 1) and the x-axis.
10. Find the area above the x-axis, bounded by the curve y2 = 3 - x from x = -1 to x = 2
Example 5: Find the area between the x-axis and the curve y2 = 4 - x in the irst 1
11. Find the area between the x-axis and the curve y =- cos x from x = p to p
quadrant from x = 0 to x = 3. 2
p
12. Find the area between the x-axis and the curve y = sin 2x from x = 0 to x =
Solution: The branch of the curve above the x-axis is 3
13. Find the area between the x-axis and the curve y = 2ax - x 2 when a > 0.
y = 4 - x
The area to be determined is shaded in the adjoining igure.
3
3.8 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Thus the required area = ∫ 4 - x dx
0 An equation containing at least one derivative of a dependent, variable with respect to
Let 4 - x = t (i), then -dx = dt ⇒ dx = -dt an independent variable such as
Putting x = 0 and x = 3 (i). we get t = 4 and t = 1
dy
y + 2x = 0 (i)
1 1 1 1 dx
Now the required area = ∫ t × (-dt ) = - ∫ t dt
2 2
x d2y dy
4 4 or + - 2x = 0 (ii)
4
dx 2 dx
4 1
t 3/2 is called a diferential equation.
= ∫ t dt =
2
1
3/ 21 Derivatives may be of irst or higher orders. A diferential equation containing only
2 3/2 4 2 32 3
2 14 derivative of irst order can be written in terms of diferentials. So we can write the equation
= t = (4)- (1) =
2
[-8 1=] (square units)
(i) as y dy + 2x dx = 0 but the equation (ii) cannot be written in terms of diferentials.
3 1 3 3 3
56 57
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
Order: The order of a diferential equation is the order of the highest derivative in All solutions obtained from (iii) by putting diferent values of A, are called particular
the equation. As the order of the equation (i) is one so it is called a irst order diferential solutions of (v) while the solution (iii) itself is called the general solution of (v).
equation. But equation (ii) contains the second order derivative and is called a second order A solution of diferential equation is a relation between the variables (not involving
diferential equation. derivatives) which satisies the diferential equation.
Here we shall solve diferential equations of irst order with variables separable in the
3.8.1 Solution of a Differential Equation of irst order: forms
dy f ( x) dy g ( y)
Consider the equation = or =
dx g ( y) dx f ( x)
y = Ax2 + 4 (iii)
where A is a real constant
Diferentiating (iii) with respect to x gives Example 1: Solve the diferential equation (x - 1) dx + y dy = 0
dy
= 2Ax (iv) Solution: Variables in the given equation are in separable form, so integrating either terms,
dx
we have
y - 4
From (iii) A = , so putting the value of A in (iv), we get
x2 ∫ (x - 1) dx + ∫ y dy = c , 1 where c1 is a constant
dy y - 4
= 2 2 x x2 y2
dx x or - x + = c1 , which gives
dy 2 2
⇒ x = 2y - 8 which is free of constant A
dx Thus the required general solution is x2 + y2 - 2x = c, where c = 2c1
dy
⇒ 2y - x =8 Example 2: Solve diferential equation
dx
Substituting the value of y and its derivative in x 2 (2 y + 1)
dy
- 1=0
(v), we see that it is satisied, that is. dx
2(Ax2 + 4) - x(2Ax) = 2Ax2 + 8 - 2Ax2 = 8 Solution: The given diferential equation can be written as
which shows that (iii) is asolution of (v)
Giving a particular value to A. say A = -1. we get dy
x 2 (2 y + 1)
=1 (i)
y = -x2 + 4 dx
dy 1
dy Dividing by x2, we have (2 y + 1) = 2, (x ≠ 0) (ii)
We see that (v) is satisied if we put y = -x2 + 4 and = -2x, so y = -x2 + 4 is also a solution dx x
dx
of (v). Multiplying both sides of (i) by dx, we get
For diferent values of A, (iii) represents diferent parabolas with vertex at (0, 4) and the
axis along the y-axis. We have drawn two members of the family of parabolas. dy 1
(2y + 1) dx = 2 dx
y = Ax2 + 4 for A = -1, 1 dx x
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
58 59
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
1 dy
or (2 y + 1) dy = dx dx = dy
x2 dx p
0< y<
Integrating either side gives
2
Example 5: Solve 2e tan y dx + (1 - e ) sec y dy = 0
x x 2 3p
1 or p < y <
∫ (2 y + 1) dy = ∫ x 2 dx 2
Solution: Given that: 2ex tan y dx + (1 - ex) sec2 y dy = 0 (i)
1 x -1 Dividing either term of (i) by tan y (1 - ex), we get
∫x
-2
or y +y= - + c
2
dx = + c
x -1
1 2e x sec 2 y
Thus y + y = c -
2
is the general solution of the given diferential equation. dx + dy = 0
x 1 - ex tan y
-2e x sec 2 y
or dx + dy = 0
Example 3: Solve the diferential equation ex - 1 tan y
1 dy Integrating, we have
- 2y = 0 x ≠ 0, y > 0
x dx
ex sec 2 y
x
Solution: Multiplying the both sides of the given equation by dx, gives ∫ -2 e x - 1 dx + ∫ tan y dy = c1 (e x - 1 > 0)
y
1 dy 1 dy or -2 In (ex - 1) + In (tan y) = c1
dx - 2 x dx = 0 =
or =
dy 2 x dx dx dy
y dx y dx ⇒ In (ex - 1)-2 + In (tan y) = In c, where c1 = In c
Now integrating either side gives In y = x + c1
2
where c1 is a constant or In [(ex - 1)-2 tan y] = In c
or y = e x
2
+ c1 2
= e x . ec1 ⇒ (ex - 1)-2 tan y = c ⇒ tan y = c{ex - 1)2.
2
Thus y = ce x where ec1 = c Example 6: Solve (sin y + y cos y) dy = [x (2 Inx + 1)] dx
is the required general solution of the given diferential equation.
Solution: (sin y + y cos y) dy = (2x In x + x) dx (i)
2
dy y + 1
Example 4: Solve = 1
dx e- x or (1. sin y + y cos y ) dy = (2 x In x + x 2 . ) dx
x
Solution: Separating the variables, we have d d d
⇒ ( y sin y ) dy = ( x 2 In x) dx ( ( y sin y ) = 1. sin y y cos y and +
dy dx dy
1 1
dy = - x dx = e x dx d 1
y + 1
2
e ( x 2 In x ) 2x In x + x 2 . )
dx x
Now integrating either side gives Integrating, we have
Tan-1 y = ex + c, where c is a constant,
or y = Tan (ex + c) d d
which is the general solution of the given diferential equation.
∫ dy ( y sin y ) dy =+∫
dx
( x 2 In x) dx
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
60 61
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
⇒ y sin y = x2 In x + c Note: The general solution represents a system of parabolas which are vertically above
(or below) each other.
3.8.2 Initial Conditions
dy 3 2
Example 2: Solve = x + x - 3, if y = 0 when x = 2
Diferential equations occur in numerous practical problems concerning to physical, dx 4
biological and social sciences etc.
Solution: Given that
The arbitrary constants involving in the solution of diferent equations can be determined
by the given conditions. Such conditions are called initial value conditions. dy 3 3
= x + x - 3 (i)
The general solution of diferential equation in variable separable form contains only dx 4
one variable. Here we shall consider those diferential equations which have only one initial Separating variables, we have
value condition.
Note that the general solution of diferential equation of order n contains n arbitrary 3
dy = x 2 + x - 3 dx (ii)
constants which can be determined by n initial value conditions. 4
Integrating either side of (ii) gives
Example 1: The slope of the tangent at any point of the curve is given by
3
∫ dy = ∫ 4 x + x - 3 dx
2
dy
= 2 x - 2, ind the equation of the curve if y = 0 when x = -1.
dx 3 x3 x2
or y = + - 3x + c
4 3 2
dy 1 3 1
Solution: Given that = 2x - 2 (i) ⇒ y = x + x 2 - 3x + c (iii)
dx 4 2
Now applying the initial value condition, we have
Equation (i) can be written as
dy = (2x - 2) dx (ii) 1 1
0 = (8) + (4) - 3(2) + c
Integrating either side of (ii) gives 4 2
⇒ c=6-2-2=2
∫ dy = ∫ (2 x - 2) dx Thus (iii) becomes
or y = x2 - 2x + c (iii)
Applying the given condition, we have y =
1 3 1
x + x 2 - 3x + 2
0 = (-1)2 - 2(-1) + c ⇒ c = -3 4 2
Thus (iii) becomes ⇒ 4y = x + 2x - 12x + 8
3 2
y = x2 - 2x - 3
which represents a parabola as shown in the Example 3: A particle is moving in a straight line and its acceleration is given by
adjoining igure. a = 2t - 7,
For c = 0, (iii) becomes y = x2 - 2x. (i) ind v (velocity) in terms of t if v = 10 m/sec, when t = 0
The graph of y = x2 - 2x is also shown in the igure. (ii) ind s (distance) in terms of t if s = 0, when t = 0.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
62 63
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
∫ ds = ∫ (t - 7t + 10) dt
2
4
If t = 4 (hours), then p= 100 (2 )= 2
100× 4= 400.
3 2
t t
⇒ s = - 7 + 10t + c2 (3)
3 2 Example 5: A ball is thrown vertically upward with a velocity of 1470 cm/sec
Applying the second initial value condition, gives Neglecting air resistance, ind
0 = 0 - 0 + 0 + c2 ⇒ c2 = 0 (i) velocity of ball at any time t
(ii) distance traveled in any time t
1 3 7 2
Thus is s = t - t + 10t the solution of (ii) (iii) maximum height attained by the ball.
3 2
Example 4: In a culture, bacteria increases at the rate proportional to the number Solution.
of bacteria present. If bacteria are 100 initially and are doubled in 2 hours, ind the (i) Let v be the velocity of the ball at any time t, then by Newton’s law of motion, we have
number of bacteria present four hours later.
dv
-= g⇒ -=dv g dt (i)
dt
Solution: Let p be the number of bacteria present at time t, then
or ∫ dv = ∫ - g dt (integrating either side of (i))
dp v = -gt + c1 (ii)
=>kp, (k 0)
dt Given that v = 1470 (cm/sec) when t = 0, so
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
64 65
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
3. Integration eLearn.Punjab 3. Integration eLearn.Punjab
66 67
version: 1.1
CHAPTER
4 Introduction to
Analytic Geometry
that P has coordinates (x, y). It may be noted that x and y are the directed distances of P from
4.1 INTRODUCTION the y-axis and the x-axis respectively. The reverse of this technique also provides method for
associating exactly one point in the plane with any ordered pair (x, y) of real numbers. This
Geometry is one of the most ancient branches of mathematics. The Greeks
method of pairing of in a one-to-one fashion the points in a plane with ordered pairs of real
systematically studied it about four centuries B.C. Most of the geometry taught in schools is
numbers is called the two dimensional rectangular (or Cartesian) coordinate system.
due to Euclid who expounded thirteen books on the subject (300 B.C.). A French philosopher
and m athematician Rene Descartes (1596-1650 A.D.) introduced algebraic methods in
If (x, y) are the coordinates of a point P, then the irst member (component) of the
geometry which gave birth to analytical geometry (or coordinate geometry). Our aim is to
ordered pair is called the x - coordinate or abscissa of P and the second member of the
present fundamentals of the subject in this book.
ordered pair is called the y - coordinate or ordinate of P. Note that abscissa is always irst
element and the ordinate is second element in an ordered pair.
Coordinate System
Draw in a plane two mutually perpendicular The coordinate axes divide the plane into four equal parts called quadrants. They are
number lines x' x and y' y , one horizontal and the other deined as follows:
vertical. Let their point of intersection be O , to which we
call the origin and the real number 0 of both the lines is Quadrant I: All points (x, y) with x > 0, y > 0
represented by O. The two lines are called the coordinate
Quadrant II: All points (x, y) with x < 0, y > 0
axes. The horizontal line x'Ox is called the x-axis and the
Quadrant III: All points (x, y) with x < 0, y < 0
vertical line y' Oy is called the y-axis.
Quadrant IV: All points (x, y) with x > 0, y < 0
The point P in the plane that corresponds to an ordered pair
As in the case of number line, we follow the (x, y) is called the graph of (x, y).
convention that all points on the y-axis above x'Ox
Thus given a set of ordered pairs of real numbers, the graph of the set is the aggregate
are associated with positive real numbers, those
of all points in the plane that correspond to ordered pairs of the set.
below x'Ox with negative real numbers. Similarly,
all points on the x-axis and lying on the right of O Challenge!
will be positive and those on the left of O and lying
on the x-axis will be negative.
Suppose P is any point in the plane. Then P i- Write down the coordinates of the points
can be located by using an ordered pair of real if not mentioned.
numbers. Through P draw lines parallel to the
coordinates axes meeting x-axis at R and y-axis at S.
ii- Locate (0, -1), (2, 2), (-4, 7) and (-3, -3).
Let the directed distance OR = x and the directed distance OS = y .
The ordered pair (x, y) gives us enough information to locate the point P. Thus, with
every point P in the plane, we can associate an ordered pair of real numbers (x, y) and we say
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
2 3
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
b = CA = 2 - ( - 1) 2 + ( -6 - 2 ) = 73
2
Let A (x1 , y1) and B (x2 , y2) be two points in the plane. We can ind the
Note that :
distance d = AB from the right triangle AQB by using the Pythagorean AB stands for Clearly: a 2 = b 2 + c 2 .
which is the formula for the distance d. The distance is always taken to be positive and Theorem: Let A (x1 , y1) and B (x2 , y2) be the two given points in a plane. The coordinates of
it is not a directed distance from A to B when A and B do not lie on the same horizontal or the point dividing the line segment AB in the ratio k1 : k2 are
vertical line. k1 x2 + k2 x1 k1 y2 + k2 y1
,
If A and B lie on a line parallel to one of the coordinate axes, then by the formula (2), 1 2k + k k1 + k2
the distance AB is absolute value of the directed distance AB .
The formula (2) shows that any of the two points can be taken as irst point. Proof: Let P ( x, y ) be the point that divides AB in the ratio k1: k2
From A, B and P draw perpendiculars to the x-axis as shown in the igure. Also draw
Example 1: Show that the points A (-1, 2), B (7, 5) and BC ⊥ AQ . Since LP is parallel to CA, in the triangle ACB, we have
C (2, -6) are vertices of a right triangle.
k1 AP CL QM x - x1
= = = =
k2 PB LB MR x2 - x
Solution: Let a, b and c denote the lengths of the sides BC,
k1 x - x1
CA and AB respectively. So, =
k2 x2 - x
By the distance formula, we have
or k1 x2 - k1 x = k2 x - k2 x1
( 7 - ( -1) ) + ( 5 - 2 )
2 2
c = AB = = 73
or ( k1 + k2 ) x = k1 x2 + k2 x1
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
4 5
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
k1 x2 + k2 x1 -8
or x= Coordinates of the required point are ,1
k1 + k2 5
(ii) In this case
Similarly, by drawing perpendiculars from A , B and P to the y-axis and
2 × 5 - 3 × ( -6 ) 2(-2) - 3(3)
= x= 28 and y= - 13 =
k y +k y 2-3 2-3
proceeding as before, we can show that y= 1 2 2 1
k1 + k2 Thus the required point has coordinates (-28, 13)
Theorem:
Note:
(i) If the directed distances AP and PB have the same sign, then their ratio is positive and P The centroid of a ∆ABC is a point that divides each median in the ratio 2 : 1. Using this
is said to divide AB internally. show that medians of a triangle are concurrent.
(ii) If the directed distances AP and PB have opposite signs i.e, P is beyond AB. then their Proof: Let the vertices of a ∆ABC have coordinates as shown in the igure.
ratio is negative and P is said to divide AB externally.
AP k1 AP k x + x y + y3
= or =- 1 Midpoint of BC is D 2 3 , 2 .
BP k2 PB k2 2 2
Proceeding as before, we can show in this case that
k x -k x k y -k y
x == 1 2 2 1 y 1 2 2 1 ( )
Let G x, y be the centroid of the ∆ .
k1 - k2 k1 - k2 Then G divides AD in the ratio 2 : 1. Therefore
Thus P is said to divide the line segment AB in ratio k1 : k2 , internally or externally according
x2 + x3
as P lies between AB or beyond AB. 2. + 1.x1 x + x + x
x == 2 1 2 3
(iii) If k1 = k2 = 1:1, then P becomes midpoint of AB and coordinates of P are : 2 +1 3
y + y2 + y3
x +x y1 - y2 Similarly, y = 1 .
x == 1 2 , y 3
2 2
In the same way. we can show that coordinate of the point that divides BE and CF each
(iv) The above theorem is valid in whichever quadrant A and B lie.
x + x + x y + y2 + y3
in the ratio 2 : 1 are 1 2 3 , 1 .
Example 1: Find the coordinates of the point that divides the join of A (-6, 3) and B (5, 3 3
-2) in the ratio 2 : 3.
(i) internally (ii) externally Thus ( x, y ) lies on each median and so the medians of the ∆ABC are concurrent.
6 7
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
Now
BD c
==
DC b
or
DC
BD
b
c
(c)
1
(
A - 5, - ; B -3 5,5
3
)
DC + BD b + c 3. Which of the following points are at a distance of 15 units from the origin?
or =
BD c
or
a b+c
== or BD
ac (a) ( 176,7 ) (b) (10, -10) (c) (1, 15 ) (d)
15 15
,
2 2
BD c b+c
4. Show that
i.e.,
ax1 + bx2 + cx3 ay1 + by2 + cy3
,
6. Find h such that the points A ( )
3, - 1 , B (0, 2) and C (h, -2) are vertices of a right
a + b + c a+b+c
triangle with right angle at the vertex A.
The symmetry of these coordinates shows that the bisector
7. Find h such that A (-1, h ), B (3, 2) and C (7, 3) are collinear.
of ∠C will also pass through this point.
8. The points A (-5, -2) and B (5, -4) are ends of a diameter of a circle. Find the centre
Thus the angle bisectors of a triangle are concurrent.
and radius of the circle.
9. Find h such that the points A ( h , 1), B (2, 7) and C (-6, -7) are vertices of a right triangle
EXERCISE 4.1
with right angle at the vertex A.
8 9
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
11. Find h such that the quadrilateral with vertices A (-3, 0), B (1, -2), C (5, 0) and D (1, h ) Draw PM and O’ N perpendiculars to Ox .
is parallelogram. Is it a square? From the igure, we have
12. If two vertices of an equilateral triangle are A (-3, 0) and B (3, 0), ind the third OM = x, MP = y, ON = h, NO ' = k = MM '
vertex. How many of these triangles are possible? Now X = O'M' = NM = OM - OM - ON = x - h
13. Find the points trisecting the join of A (-1, 4) and B (6, 2). Similarly, Y = M ' P = MP - MM ' = y k
14. Find the point three-ifth of the way along the line segment from A (-5, 8) to B (5, 3). Thus the coordinates of P referred to XY-system are ( x - h, y - k )
15. Find the point P on the join of A (1, 4) and B (5, 6) that is twice as far from A as B is i.e. X = x - h
from A and lies Y = y-k
(i) on the same side of A as B does. Moreover, x = X + h, + y = Y k .
4.2 TRANSLATION AND ROTATION OF AXES Example 2: The xy -coordinate axes are translated through the point O’ (4, 6). The
coordinates of the point P are (2, -3) referred to the new axes. Find the coordinates of P
Translation of Axes referred to the original axes.
Let xy-coordinate system be given and
O ' (h, k ) be any point in the plane. Through Solution: Here X =-2, Y == 3, h= 4, k 6 .
O’ draw two mutually perpendicular lines We have x = X + h = 4 + 2 = 6
O’X , O’Y such that O’X is parallel to Ox . The y = Y + k = -3 + 6 = 3
new axes O’X and O’Y are called translation Thus required coordinates are P (6, 3).
of the Ox - and Oy - axes through the point
O’. In translation of axes, origin is shifted Rotation of Axes
to another point in the plane but the axes Let xy-coordinate system be given. We rotate
remain parallel to the old axes. Ox and Oy about the origin through an angle
Let P be a point with coordinates ( x, y ) referred to xy -coordinate system and the axes q (0 < q < 90 ) so that the new axes are OX and
be translated through the point O '(h, k ) and O’X, O’Y be the new axes. If P has coordinates OY as shown in the igure. Let a point P have
(X, Y) referred to the new axes, then we need to ind X, Y in terms of x, y. coordinates (x, y ) referred to the xy-system of
10 11
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
coordinates. Suppose P has coordinates (X, Y) referred to the XY-coordinate system. We have
to ind X, Y in terms of the given coordinates x, y. Let a be measure of the angle that OP 5 3 + 7 -5 + 7 3
makes with O. i.e., (X, Y)
2 2
From P, draw PM perpendicular to Ox and PM’ perpendicular to OX. Let OP = r , From the are the required coordinates.
right triangle OPM ', we have
OM ' = X = r cos (a - q ) 4
Example 4: The xy-axes are rotated about the origin through an angle of arctan
lying
(1) 3
M ' P = Y = r sin (a - q ) in the irst quadrant. The coordinates of a point P referred to the new axes OX and OY
Also from the ∆ OPM , we have are P (-1, -7). Find the coordinates of P referred to the xy-coordinate system.
x = r cos a , y = r sin a
System of equations (1) may be re-written as: Solution. Let P(x, y) be the coordinates of P referred to the xy-coordinate system.
X = x cos q + y sin q 3 4 4 3
(3) or -1 = x + y and - 7 = - x + y
Y = y cosq - x sin q 5 5 5 5
or 3 x + 4 y + 5 = 0 and - 4 x + 3 y + 35 = 0
i.e., ( X , Y ) = ( x+cosq ysin q , x+sin q y cosq ) Solving these equations, we have
are the coordinates of P referred to the new axes OX and OY.
x y 1
= = ⇒ x = 5, y = -5
125 -125 25
Example 3: The xy-coordinate axes are rotated about the origin through an angle of
Thus coordinates of P referred to the xy-system are (5, -5).
300. If the xy-coordinates of a point are (5, 7), ind its XY-coordinates, where OX and OY are
the axes obtained after rotation.
EXERCISE 4.2
Solution. Let (X, Y) be the coordinates of P referred to the XY-axes. Here q = 300.
1. The two points P and O’ are given in xy-coordinate system. Find the XY-coordinates
From equations (3) above, we have
of P refered to the translated axes O’X and O’Y.
X = 5cos 30 + 7sin-30 and +Y = 5sin 30 7cos30
(i) P ( 3, 2 ) ; O ' (1, 3) (ii) P ( -2, 6 ) ; O ' ( -3, 2 )
5 3 7 -5 7 3
or +X = + = and Y 3 5 1 7
2 2 2 2 (iii) P ( -6, - 8 ) ; O' ( -4, - 6 ) (iv) P , ; O ' - ,
2 2 2 2
12 13
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
2. The xy-coordinate axes are translated through the point whose coordinates are Note: (i) If l is parallel to x-axis , then a = 0°
given in xy-coordinate system. The coordinates of P are given in the XY-coordinate (ii) If l is parallel to y-axis , then a = 90°
system. Find the coordinates of P in xy-coordinate system.
(i) P (8, 10); O’ (3, 4) (ii) P (-5, -3) ; O’ (-2 ,-6) Slope or gradient of a line: When we walk on
an inclined plane, we cover horizontal distance
3 7 1 1
(iii) P - , - ; O ' , - (iv) P (4, -3); 0‘ (-2, 3) (run) as well as vertical distance (rise) at the same
4 6 4 6
time.
3. The xy-coordinate axes are rotated about the origin through the indicated angle. It is harder to climb a steeper inclined plane. The
The new axes are OX and OY. Find the XY-coordinates of the point P with the given measure of steepness (ratio of rise to the run) is
xy-coordinates. termed as slope or gradient of the inclined path
(i) P (5, 3 ); q = 450 (ii) P (3, -7); q = 300 and is denoted by m .
1 rise y
(iii) P (11, -15); q = 600 (iv) P (15, 10): q = arctan m= = = tan a
3 run x
4. The xy-coordinate axes are rotated about the origin through the indicated angle and In analytical geometry, slope or gradient m of a non-vertical straight line with a as its
the new axes are OX and OY. inclination is deined by: m : tana
Find the xy-coordinates of P with the given XY-coordinates. If l is horizontal its slope is zero and if l is vertical then its slope is undeined.
(i) P(-5, 3); q = 300 (ii) ( )
P -7 2, 5 2 ; q = 45ο If 0 < a < 900, m is positive and if 900 < a < 1800, then m is negative
y2 - y1
Observe that the angle a in the diferent positions of the line l is a, 0 and 90 0 0 The slope or gradient of l is deined as: m = tan a = .
x2 - x1
respectively.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
14 15
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
or m1m2 + 1 = 0
p
Case (ii) When <a <p
2
In the right triangle PRQ Example 1: Show that the points A(-3, 6), B(3, 2) and C(6, 0) are collinear.
y2 - y1 Solution: We know that the points A, B and C are collinear if Notice that:
tan (p - a ) =
x1 - x2 the line AB and BC have the same slopes. Here Slope of Slope of AB = slope of AC
y2 - y1
or - tan a = 2-6 -4 -4 -2 0 - 2 -2
x1 - x2 AB = = = = and slope of BC = =
3 - ( -3) 3 + 3 6 3 6-3 3
y2 - y1 y2 - y1
or tan a = or m=
x2 - x1 x2 - x1 a Slope of AB = Slope of BC
Thus A, B and C are collinear.
Thus if P ( x1 , y1 ) and Q ( x2 , y2 ) are two points on a line, then slope of PQ is given by:
Example 2: Show that the triangle with vertices A (1, 1), B (4, 5) and C (12, -1) is a right
y - y1 y1 - y2
m == 2 or m triangle.
x2 - x1 x1 - x2
5 -1 4
Solution: Slope of AB = m1 = =
4 -1 3
y2 - y1 y - y2 -1 - 5 -6 -3
Note: (i) m≠ and m ≠ 1 and Slope of BC = m2 = = =
x1 - x2 x2 - x1 12 - 4 8 4
(ii) l is horizontal, if m = 0 (a a = 00) 4 3
(iii) l is vertical, if m is not deined (a a = 900) Since m1m2 = -- = 1, therefore, AB ⊥ BC
3 4
(iv) If slope of AB = slope of BC, then the points A, B and C are collinear.
So ∆ABC is a right triangle.
16 17
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
4.3.2 Equation of a Straight Line Parallel to the x-axis Proof: Let P (x, y) be an arbitrary point of the straight line l with slope m and y-intercept
(or perpendicular to the y-axis) c. As C (0, c) and P (x, y) lie on the line, so the slope of the line is:
y-c
m= or y - c = mx and y = mx + c
x-0
is an equation of l .
The equation of the line for which
c = 0 is
y = mc
In this case the line passes through the origin.
Theorem: Equation of a non-vertical straight line with slope m and y-intercept c is 2. Point-slope Form of Equation of a Straight Line:
given by: Theorem: Equation of a non-vertical straight line l with slope m and passing through a
y = mx + c point Q (x1 , y1) is
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
18 19
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
3. Symmetric Form of Equation of a Straight Line: Proof: Let P (x, y) be an arbitrary point of the line passing through Q (x1 , y1) and
R (x2 , y2). So
y - y1
We have = tan a , where a is the inclination of the line.
x - x1 y - y1 y - y2 y2 - y1
= = (P, Q and R are collinear points)
x - x1 x - x2 x2 - x1
x - x1 y - y1
or = = r ( say ) We take
cos a sin a
This is called symmetric form of equation of the line. y - y1 y2 - y1
=
x - x1 x2 - x1
Example 2: Write down an equation of the straight line passing through (5, 1) and
y2 - y1
parallel to a line passing through the points (0,-1), (7, -15). or y - y1 = ( x - x1 ) the required equation of the line PQ .
x2 - x1
or ( y2 - y1 ) x - ( x2 - x1 ) y + ( x1 y2 - x2 y1 ) = 0
Solution: Let m be the slope of the required straight line, then
-15 - ( -1) x y 1
m= (a Slopes of parallel lines are equal)
7-0 We may write this equation in determinant form as: x1 y1 1 = 0
= -2 x2 y2 1
As the point (5, 1) lies on the required line having slope -2 so, by point-slope form of Note: (i) If x1 - x2, then the slope becomes undeined. So, the line is vertical.
equation of the straight line, we have
y - (1) = -2(x - 5) y2 - y1
(ii) y - y2 = ( x - x2 ) can be derived similarly.
or y = -2x + 11 x2 - x1
or 2x + y - 11 = 0
is an equation of the required line.
20 21
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
Example 3: Find an equation of line through the points (-2, 1) and (6, -4).
x y
+ =1 - or
+ = 2x y 4 0
Solution: Using two-points form of the equation of straight line, the required equation is 2 -4
which is the required equation.
-4 - 1
y -1 = x - ( -2 )
6 - ( -2 ) Example 5: Find an equation of the line through the point
P(2, 3) which forms an isosceles triangle with the coordinate
-5
or y -1 = ( x + 2 ) or 5 x + 8 y + 2 = 0 axes in the irst quadrant.
8
5. Intercept Form of Equation of a Straight Line: Solution: Let OAB be an isosceles triangle so
that the line AB passes through A = (a, 0) and
Theorem: Equation of a line whose non-zero x and B(0, a), where a is some positive real number.
y-intercepts are a and b respectively is
a-0
x y Slope of AB = = - 1 . But AB passes through P (2, 3).
+ =1 0-a
a b a Equation of the line through P(2, 3) with slope -1 is
22 23
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
Proof: Here a and b cannot be both zero. So the following cases arise:
[∴cos(90 - a ) = sin a )]
Case I: a≠0 , b=0
As OA and OB are the x and y-intercepts of the line AB, so equation of AB is
In this case equation (1) takes the form: Remember that:
x y c The equation (I) represents
+ =1 (Two-intercept form) ax + c = 0 or x = -
p / cos a p / sin a a a straight line and is called
That is x cos a + y sin a = p is the required equation.
which is an equation of the straight line parallel to the general equation of a
c straight line.
Example 6: The length of perpendicular from the origin to a line is 5 units and the the y-axis at a directed distance - from the y-axis.
inclination of this perpendicular is 1200. Find the slope and y-intercept of the line. a
Case II: a=0 , b ≠ 0
Solution. Here p = 5, a = 1200. In this case equation (1) takes the form:
24 25
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
5. Intercept Form.
-a c -a -c
by = - ax - c or y = x - = mx + c, where m = , c=
b b b b ax by x y
ax + by = -c + or= 1 i.e + 1 =
2. Point - Slope Form -c -c -c / a -c / b
which is an equation in two intercepts form.
-a
We note from (1) above that slope o f the line ax + by + c = 0 is . A point on the
b
6. Normal Form.
-c
line is ,0
a The equation: ax + by + c = 0 (1)
-a c can be written in the normal form as:
Equation of the line becomes y = x +
b a
which is in the point-slope form. ax + by -c
= (2)
3. Symmetric Form ± a +b2 2
± a +b
2 2
The sign of the radical to be such that the right hand side of (2) is positive.
-a a b
m = tan a = . sin a == , cos a Proof. We know that an equation of a line in normal form is
b ± a 2 + b2 ± a 2 + b2
-c x cos a + y sin a = p (3)
A point on ax + by + c = 0 is ,0
a If (1) and (3) are identical, we must have
Equation in the symmetric form becomes
a b -c
c = =
x -- cos a sin a p
a == y-0
r p cos a sin a cos 2 a + sin 2 a 1
b / ± a 2 + b2 a / ± a 2 + b2 i.e., = = ==
is the required transformed equation. Sign of the radical to be properly chosen. -c a b ± a 2 + b2 ± a 2 + b2
a b
4. Two -Point Form Hence, cos a == and sin a
± a +b
2 2
± a 2 + b2
We choose two arbitrary points on ax + by + c = 0 . Two such points are Substituting for cos a , sin a and p into (3), we have
-c -c ax + by -c
,0 and 0, . Equation of the line through these points is =
a b ± a 2 + b2 ± a 2 + b2
c Thus (1) can be reduced to the form (2) by dividing it by ± a 2 + b 2 . The sign of the
x+
y-0 a -a c radical to be chosen so that the right hand side of (2) is positive.
= - =y 0
i.e., + x
c c b a
0+ - -0
b a
26 27
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
Example 1: Transform the equation 5x - 12y + 39 = 0 into Example 2: Sketch the line
(i) Slope intercept form. (ii) Two-intercept form. 3x + 2 y + 6 = 0 . (1)
(iii) Normal form. (iv) Point-slope form.
(v) Two-point form. (vi) Symmetric form. Solution: To sketch the graph of (1), we ind two points on it.
If y = 0, x = -2 and if x = 0 , y = -3 .
Solution: Thus x intercept = -2
y intercept = -3
5 39 5 39
(i) We have 12 y =+5 x 39 or = y +x =
,m , y-intercept c = The points A(-2, 0), B(0, -3) are on (1). Plot these points in the
12 12 12 12
5 x 12 y x y plane and draw the straight line through A and B. It is the graph
(ii) 5 x - 12-y = 39 or + = 1 or + = 1 is the required equation. of (1).
-39 39 -39 / 5 39 / 12
(iii) 5 x - 12-y = 39 . Divide both sides by ± 52 + 12±2 = 13 . Since R.H.S is to be Example 3: Find the distance between the parallel lines
positive, we have to take negative sign. 2x + y + 2 = 0 (1)
and 6x + 3y - 8 = 0 (2)
5 x 12 y
Hence = + = 3 is the normal form of the equation. Sketch the lines. Also ind an equation of the line parallel to the given lines and lying midway
-13 13
between them.
-39 5
(iv) A point on the line is ,0 and its slope is .
5 12
Solution: We irst convert both the lines into normal form. (1) can be written as
5 39
Equation can be written as: y - 0 = x + 2 x + y = -2
12 5
Dividing both sides by - 4 + 1 , we have
39 -39 39
(v) Another point on the line is 0, . Line through ,0 and 0, is
12 5 12 -2 -y 2
x+ = (3)
39 5 5 5
x+ which is normal form of (1). Normal form of (2) is
y-0 5
=
39 -39
0- -0 6x 3y 8
12 5 + =
45 45 45
5 5 12 -39
(vi) We have tan a = = m, sin a = ,cos a = . A point of the line is ,0 . 2x y 8
12 13 13 5 i.e., + = (4)
5 5 3 5
Equation of the line in symmetric form is
x + 39 / 5 y - 0 Length of the perpendicular from (0, 0) to the line (1) is [ From (3)]
= = r (say)
12 / 13 5 / 13
8
Similarly, length of the perpendicular from (0, 0) to the line (2) is [From (4)]
3 5
28 29
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
From the graphs of the lines it is clear that the lines are on
The point P ( x1 , y1 ) is above the line if y1 > y′ that is
opposite sides of the origin, so the distance between them
equals the sum of the two perpendicular lengths. y1 - y′ > 0
a c
2 8 14 i.e.
y1 - - x1 - > 0
i.e., Required distance = + = b b
5 3 5 3 5
⇒⇒ ax1 + by1 + c > 0
The line parallel to the given lines lying midway between
Similarly P ( x1 , y1 ) is below the line if
them is such that length of the perpendicular
a c
8 7 7 2 1 y1 - y′ < 0 i.e. y1 - - x1 -
from O to the line = - or - = b b
3 5 3 5 3 5 5 3 5 or ax1 + by1 + c < 0
2x y 1
Required line is = + = or 6 x + 3 y = 1 The point P ( x1 , y1 ) is on the line if
5 5 3 5
ax1 + by1 + c =
4.3.7 Position of a point with respect to a line
Corollary 1. The point P is above or below l respectively if ax1 + by1 + c and b have the
same sign or have opposite signs.
Consider a non-vertical line l
l : ax + by + c = 0 ax1 + by1 + c
Proof. If P is above l , then y1 - y′ > 0 i.e., >0
in the xy-plane. Obviously, each point of the plane is either above b
the line or below the line or on the line.
Thus ax1 + by1 + c and b have the same sign.
Similarly, P is below l if
Theorem: Let P ( x1 , y1 ) be a point in the plane not lying on
l ax1 + by1 + c
y1 - y′ < 0 i.e., <0
l : ax + by + c = 0 (1) b
Thus ax1 + by1 + c and b have opposite signs.
then P lies
a) above the line (1) if ax1 + by1 + c > 0 Corollary 2. The point P ( x1 , y1 ) and the origin are
b) below the line (1) if ax1 + by1 + c < 0 (i) on the same side of l according as ax1 + by1 + c and c have the same sign.
(ii) on the opposite sides of l according as ax1 + by1 + c and c have opposite signs.
Proof: We can suppose that b > 0 (irst multiply the Proof. (i) The point P ( x1 , y1 ) and O (0,0) are on the same side of l if ax1 + by1 + c and
equation by -1 if needed). Draw a perpendicular from P on a.0 + b.0 + c have the same sign.
x-axis meeting the line at Q( x1 , y′) . (ii) Proof is left as an exercise
Thus ax1 + by′ + c = 0 so that
a c
y′ = - x1
-
b b
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
30 31
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
Example 1: Check whether the point ( -2 , 4 ) lies above or below the line
(i) l1 l2 ⇔ slope of l1 (m1 ) = slope of l2 (m2 ) .
4x + 5 y - 3 = 0 (1)
a1 a
⇔ - =- 2
Solution: Here b = 5 is positive. Also b1 b2
4 (-2) + 5(4) - 3 = -8 + 20 - 3 = 9 > 0 (2) a1 a
⇔ - =- 2 ⇔ a1b2 - b1a2 = 0
The coeicient of y in (1) and the expression (2) have the same sign and so the point b1 b2
(-2, 4) lies above (1).
(ii) l1 ⊥ l2 ⇔ m1m2 = - 1
Example 2: Check whether the origin and the point P (5, -8) lie on the same side or on a a
the opposite sides of the line: ⇔ - 1 - 2 = -1 ⇔ a1a2 + b1b2 = 0
b1 b2
3 x + 7 y + 15 = 0 (1)
(iii) If l1 and l2 are not related as in (i) and (ii), then there is no simple relation of the
Solution: above forms.
Here c = 15
For P (5, -8), 4.4.1 The Point of Intersection of two Straight Lines
3(5) + 7(-8) + 15 = -26 < 0 (2)
But c = 15 >0 Let l1 : a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 (1)
c and the expression (2) have opposite signs. Thus O (0, 0) and P (5, -8) are on the opposite and l2 : a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0 (2)
sides of (1). be two non-parallel lines. Then a1b2 - b1a2 ≠ 0
Let P( x1 , y1 ) be the point of intersection of l1 and l2 . Then
Note: To check whether a point P(x1 , y1) lies above or below the line a1 x1 + b1 y1 + c1 = 0 (3) Recall that:
ax + by + c = 0 a2 x1 + b2 y1 + c2 = 0 (4) Two non-parallel lines
we make the co-eicient of y positive by multiplying the equation by (-1) if needed. Solving (3) and (4) simultaneously, we have intersect each other at
one and only one point.
x1 y1 1
4.4 TWO AND THREE STRAIGHT LINES = =
b1c2 - b2c1 a2c1 - a1c2 a1b2 - a2b1
bc -b c a2c1 - a1c2
For any two distinct lines l1 , l2 . x1 == 1 2 2 1 and y1
a1b2 - a2b1 a1b2 - a2b1
l1 : a1 x + b1 y + c = 0 and l2 : a2 x + b2 y + c = 0 , one and only one of the
is the required point of intersection.
following holds: Recall that:
(i) l1 l2 (ii) l1 ⊥ l2 (iii) l1 and l2 are not related as (i) or (ii). Two non-parallel lines
intersect each other at Note: a1b2 - a2b1 ≠ 0, otherwise l1 l2 .
a a2
The slopes of l1 and l2 are
- m-1 = =1 , m2 one and only one point.
b1 b2
32 33
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
Examples 1: Find the point of intersection of the lines An easier way to write the above equation is in the following determinant form:
5 x + 7 y = 35 (i) a1 b1 c1
3 x - 7 y = 21 (ii) a2 b2 c2 = 0
a3 b3 c3
Solution: We note that the lines are not parallel and so they Remember that:
This is a necessary and suicient condition of concurrency of the given three lines.
must intersect at a point. Adding (i) and (ii), we have * If the lines are parallel,
then solution does not
Example 1: Check whether the following lines are concurrent or not. If concurrent, ind
8x = 56 or x=7 exist ( a1b2 - a2b1 = 0 ) the point of concurrency.
Setting this value of x into (1), we ind, y = 0. * Before solving equations 3x - 4 y - 3 = 0 (1)
Thus (7, 0) is the point of intersection of the two lines. one should ensure that 5 x + 12 y + 1 = 0 (2)
lines are not parallel. 32 x + 4 y - 17 = 0 (3)
4.4.2 Condition of Concurrency of Three Straight Lines Solution. The determinant of the coeicients of the given equations is
Three non-parallel lines 3 -4 - 3 18 32 0
l1 : a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 (1) 5 12 1 = 5 12 1 ,by R1 + 3R2
l2 : a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0 (2) 32 4 - 17 117 208 0 and R3 + 17 R2
l3 : a3 x + b3 y + c3 = 0 (3) 18 32
= -1 = - ( 208 × 18 - 117 × 32 ) = 0
117 208
a1 b1 c1 Thus the lines are concurrent.
are concurrent if a2 b2 c2 = 0 The point of intersection of any two lines is the required point
a3 b3 c3 of concurrency. From (1) and (2), we have
x y 1
Proof: If the lines are concurrent then they have a common point of intersection = =
-4 + 36 -15 - 3 36 + 20
P ( x1 , y1 ) say. As l1 l2 , so their point of intersection ( x, y ) is 32 4 -18 -9 4 -9
x= = and y = = i.e. ,
bc -b c a2c1 - a1c2
56 7 56 28 7 28
x == 1 2 2 1 and y is the point of intersection.
a1b2 - a2b1 a1b2 - a2b1
This point also lies on (3), so
4.4.3 Equation of Lines through the point of
bc -b c a c -ac intersection of two lines
a3 1 2 2 1 + b3 2 1 1 2 + c3 = 0
a1b2 - a2b1 a1b2 - a2b1
We can ind a family of lines through the point of intersection of two non parallel lines
or a3 ( b1c2 - b2c1 ) + b3 ( a2c1 - a1c2 ) + c3 ( a1b2 - a2b1 ) = 0
l1 and l2 .
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
34 35
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
Thus (3) is the required family of lines through the point of intersection of (1) and (2).
Since h can assume an ininite number of values, (3) represents an ininite number of lines. Theorem: Altitudes of a triangle are concurrent.
A particular line of the family (3) can be determined if one more condition is given.
Proof. Let the coordinates of the vertices of ∆ ABC be as
Example 2: Find the family of lines through the point of intersection of the lines shown in the igure.
y - y3
3 x - 4 y - 10 = 0 (1) Then slope of BC = 2
x2 - x3
x + 2 y - 10 = 0 (2)
Find the member of the family which is x2 - x3
Therefore slope of the altitude AD = -
y2 - y3
-2 Equation of the altitude AD is
(i) parallel to a line with slope
3
(ii) perpendicular to the line l : 3 x - 4 y + 1 = 0 . x2 - x3
y - y1 = - ( x - x1 ) (Point-slope form)
y2 - y3
Solution: (i) A family of lines through the point of intersection of equations (1) and (2) is
or x (x2 - x3) + y (y2 - y3) - x1 (x2 - x3) - y1 (y2 - y3) = 0 (1)
3 x - 4 y - 10 + k ( x + 2 y - 10) = 0 Equations of the altitudes BE and CF are respectively (by symmetry)
or (3 + k ) x + (- 4 + 2k ) y + (-10 - 10k ) = 0 (3)
x ( x3 - x1 ) + y ( y3 - y1 ) - x2 ( x3 - x1 ) - y2 ( y3 - y1 ) = 0 (2)
3+ k and x ( x1 - x2 ) + y ( y1 - y2 ) - x3 ( x1 - x2 ) - y3 ( y3 - y1 ) = 0 (3)
Slope m of (3) is given by: m = -
- 4 + 2k The three lines (1), (2) and (3) are concurrent if and only if
This is slope of any member of the family (3).
2 x2 - x3 y2 - y3 - x1 ( x2 - x3 ) - y1 ( y2 - y3 )
If (3) is parallel to the line with slope - then
3 D = x3 - x1 y3 - y1 - x2 ( x3 - x1 ) - y2 ( y3 - y1 ) is zero
x1 - x2 y1 - y2 - x3 ( x1 - x2 ) - y3 ( y1 - y2 )
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
36 37
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
Adding 2nd and 3rd rows to the 1st row of the determihant, we have 1 1
x2 - x3 y2 - y3 - ( y2 2 - y32 ) - ( x2 2 - x32 )
2 2
1 1
0 0 0 x3 - x1 y3 - y1 - ( y32 - y12 ) - ( x32 - x12 ) = 0
2 2
x3 - x1 y3 - y1 - x2 ( x3 - x1 ) - y2 ( y3 - y1 ) = 0
1 1
x1 - x2 y1 - y2 - x3 ( x1 - x2 ) - y3 ( y1 - y2 ) x1 - x2 y1 - y2 - ( y12 - y2 2 ) - ( x12 - x2 2 )
2 2
Thus the altitudes of a triangle are concurrent.
Adding 2nd and 3rd rows to 1st row of the determinant, we have
38 39
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
Solution: First ind any point on one of the lines, say l1 . If x = 1 Challenge!
-ax1 - c
or y2 = lies on l1 , then Check the answer by
b
From the igure it is clear that ∠MPQ = a = the y = 3 and the point (1,3) lies on it. The distance d from (1, 3) taking
to l2 is (i) any other point on l1
inclination of l .
(ii) any point of l2 and
-a 2(1) - 5(3) + 6 2 - 15 + 6 7 inding its distance from l1
Now tan a ==slope of l d= = =
b (-2) 2 + 52 4 + 25 29
b 7
Therefore, cos a = The distance between the parallel lines is .
a 2 + b2 29
Thus PM = d = PQ cos a = y1 - y2 cos a
40 41
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
Note: In numerical problems, if sign of the area is negative, then it is to be omitted. EXERCISE 4.3
Example 1: Find the area of the region bounded by the triangle with vertices (a,b + c ) , 1. Find the slope and inclination o f the line joining the points:
(a , b - c) and (-a , c). (i) (-2, 4) ; (5, 11) (ii) (3, -2) ; (2, 7) (iii) (4, 6) ; (4, 8)
Solution: Required area ∆ is Sketch each line in the plane.
a b+c 1
1 Trapezium: 2. In the triangle A (8, 6) B (-4, 2), C (-2 , -6) , ind the slope of
∆ = a b-c 1
2 A quadrilateral having two parallel and two (i) each side of the triangle
-a c 1
non-parallel sides. (ii) each median of the triangle
a b+c 1 Area of trapezoidal region:
1 (iii) each altitude of the triangle.
- = 0 2c -0 ,by R2 R1
2 1
-a c 1 (sum of sides) (distance between sides) 3. By means of slopes, show that the following points lie on the same line:
2
(a) (-1, -3) ; (1, 5) ; (2, 9) (b) (4 ,-5) ; (7, 5) ; (10, 15)
1
= [-2c(a + a )] , expanding by the second row (c) (-4, 6) ; (3, 8) ; (10, 10) (d) (a, 2b): (c, a + b); (2c - a, 2a)
2
= -2ca 4. Find k so that the line joining A (7, 3); B (k, -6) and the line joining C (-4, 5) ; D (-6, 4)
Thus ∆ = 2ca are (i) parallel (ii) perpendicular.
5. Using slopes, show that the triangle with its vertices A (6, 1), B (2, 7) and C (-6, -7) is a
Example 2: By considering the area of the region bounded by the triangle with vertices
right triangle.
A (1, 4), B (2, - 3) and C (3, - 10)
check whether the three points are collinear or not. 6. The three points A (7, -1), B (-2, 2) and C (1, 4) are consecutive vertices of a
parallelogram. Find the fourth vertex.
Solution: Area ∆ of the region bounded by the triangle ABC is
7. The points A (-1, 2), B (3, -1) and C (6, 3) are consecutive vertices
1 4 1 1 4 1 of a rhombus. Find the fourth vertex and show that the diagonals of the rhombus
1 1 are perpendicular to each other.
∆ = 2 -3 1 = 1 - 7 0 by R2 - R1 and R3 - R1
2 2 8. Two pairs of points are given. Find whether the two lines determined by these points
3 - 10 1 3 - 14 0
are :
1 (i) parallel (ii) perpendicular (iii) none.
= [1(-14 + 14)] , expanding by third column
2 (a) (1, -2), (2, 4) and (4, 1), (-8, 2)
=0
Thus the points are collinear. (b) (-3, 4 ), (6, 2) and (4, 5), (-2, -7)
9. Find an equation of
(a) the horizontal line through (7, -9)
(b) the vertical line through (-5, 3)
42 43
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
(c) the line bisecting the irst and third quadrants. 18. A house was purchased for Rs.1 million in 1980. It is worth Rs. 4 million in 1996.
(d) the line bisecting the second and fourth quadrants. Assuming that the value increased by the same amount each year, ind an equation
that gives the value of the house after t years of the date of purchase. What was its
10. Find an equation of the line
value in 1990?
(a) through A (-6, 5) having slope 7 19. Plot the Celsius (C) and Fahrenheit (F) temperature scales on the horizontal axis
(b) through (8, -3) having slope 0 and the vertical axis respectively. Draw the line joining the freezing point and the
(c) through (-8 , 5) having slope undeined boiling point of water. Find an equation giving F temperature in terms of C.
(d) through (-5, -3) and (9, -1)
(e) y-intercept: -7 and slope: -5 20. The average entry test score of engineering candidates was 592 in the year 1998
while the score was 564 in 2002. Assuming that the relationship between time and
(f) x-intercept: -3 and y-intercept: 4
score is linear, ind the average score for 2006.
(g) x-intercept: -9 and slope: -4
11. Find an equation of the perpendicular bisector of the segment joining the points 21. Convert each of the following equation into
A (3 ,5) and B (9, 8). (i) Slope intercept form (ii) two intercept form (iii) normal form
12. Find equations of the sides, altitudes and medians of the triangle whose vertices are (a) 2 x - 4 y + 11 = 0 (b) 4 x + 7 y - 2 = 0 (c) 15 y - 8 x + 13 = 0
A (-3, 2), B (5, 4) and C (3, -8). Also ind the length of the perpendicular from (0, 0) to each line.
13. Find an equation of the line through (-4, -6) and perpendicular to a line having
22. In each of the following check whether the two lines are
-3
slope (i) parallel
2
(ii) perpendicular
14. Find an equation of the line through (11, -5) and parallel to a line with slope -24.
(iii) neither parallel nor perpendicular
15. The points A (-1, 2), B (6, 3) and C (2, -4) are vertices of a triangle.
(a) 2x + y - 3 = 0 ; 4x + 2 y + 5 = 0
Show that the line joining the midpoint D of AB and the midpoint E of AC is parallel
(b) 3y = 2x + 5 ; 3 x+ 2 y- 8= 0
to BC and DE =
1
BC . (c) 4 y + 2x - 1 = 0 ; x - 2y - 7 = 0
2 (d) 4 x - y + 2 = 0- ;+ =12 x 3 y 1 0
16. A milkman can sell 560 litres of milk at Rs. 12.50 per litre and 700 litres of milk at Rs.
(e) 12 x + 35 y - 7 = 0 ; 105 x - 36 y + 11 = 0
12.00 per litre. Assuming the graph of the sale price and the milk sold to be a straight
line, ind the number of litres of milk that the milkman can sell at Rs. 12.25 per litre.
23. Find the distance between the given parallel lines. Sketch the lines. Also ind an
17. The population of Pakistan to the nearest million was 60 million in 1961 and
equation of the parallel line lying midway between them.
95 million in 1981. Using t as the number of years after 1961, ind an equation of
(a) 3x - 4 y + 3 = 0 ; 3x - 4 y + 7 = 0
the line that gives the population in terms of t. Use this equation to ind the
(b) 12 x + 5 y - 6 = 0 ; 12 x + 5 y + 13 = 0
population in (a) 1947 (b) 1997.
(c) x + 2y - 5 = 0 + ;= 2x 4 y 1
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
44 45
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
24. Find an equation of the line through (-4, 7) and parallel to the line 2 x - 7 y + 4 = 0 . Theorem: Let l1 and l2 be two non-vertical lines such that they are not perpendicular
25. Find an equation of the line through (5, -8) and perpendicular to the join of A (-15, -8), to each other. If m1 and m2 are the slopes of l1 and l2 respectively: the angle q from l1 to l2 is
B (10, 7). given by;
26. Find equations of two parallel lines perpendicular to 2 x - y + 3 = 0 such that the
product of the x-and y-intercepts of each is 3. m2 - m1
tan q =
27. One vertex of a parallelogram is (1, 4); the diagonals intersect at (2, 1) and the sides 1 + m1m2
-1
have slopes 1 and . Find the other three vertices. Proof: From the igure, we have
7
a 2 = a1 + q
28. Find whether the given point lies above or below the given line
(a) (5, 8) ; 2 x - 3 y + 6 = 0 or q = a 2 - a1
(b) (-7, 6) ; 4 x + 3 y - 9 = 0
29. Check whether the given points are on the same or opposite sides of the given line.
(a) (0, 0) and (-4, 7) ; 6 x - 7 y + 70 = 0
tan a 2 - tan a1 m2 - m1
(b) (2, 3) and (-2, 3) ; 3 x - 5 y + 8 = 0 ∴ tan q = tan(a 2 - a1 ) = =
1 + tan a1 tan a 2 1 + m1m2
30. Find the distance from the point P(6, -1) to the line 6x - 4y + 9 = 0.
31. Find the area of the triangular region whose vertices are A (5, 3), B (-2, 2), C (4, 2).
Corollary 1. l1 l2 if and only if m1 = m2
32. The coordinates of three points are A(2, 3), B(-1, 1) and C(4, -5). By computing the
area bounded by ABC check whether the points are collinear. m2 - m1
⇔ =q =0
tan
1 + m1m2
4.5. ANGLE BETWEEN TWO LINES ⇔ m2 = m1
Corollary 2. l1 ⊥ l2 iff 1 + m1m2 = 0
Let l1 and l2 be two intersecting lines, which meet at a point P. At the point P two
supplementary angles are formed by the lines l1 and l2 . m2 - m1 p
⇔ tan q = ∞= tan⇔ = + = 1 m1m2 0
Unless l1 ⊥ l2 one of the two angles is acute. The angle from l1 to l2 is the angle q 1 + m1m2 2
through which l1 is rotated anti-clockwise about the point P so that it coincides with l2 These two results have already been stated in 4.3.1.
In the igure below q is angle of intersection of the two lines and it is measured from -7 5
l1 to l2 in counterclockwise direction, ψ is also angle of intersection but it is measured from Example 1: Find the angle from the line with slope to the line with slope .
3 2
l2 to l1 .
With this convention for angle of intersection, it is clear that the inclination of a line is 5 -7
Solution: Here m2 = , m1 = . If q is measure of the required angle, then
the angle measured in the counterclockwise direction from the positive x-axis to the line, 2 3
and it tallies with the earlier deinition of the inclination of a line.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
46 47
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
5 -7
-
4.5.1 Equation of a Straight Line in Matrix form
2 3 29
tan q = = = -1
5 -7 -29 It is easy to solve two or three simultaneous linear equations by elementary methods.
1+
2 3 If the number of equations and variables become large, the solution of the equations by
ordinary method becomes very diicult. In such a case, given equations are written in matrix
Thus q = 135
form and solved.
48 49
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
a1 b1 x -c1 3 4 - 7 x 0
where A == 2 - 5 8 y = 0
, X and C =
a2 b2 y
-c
2
1 1 - 3 1 0
Equations (2) have a solution if det A ≠ 0 .
Coeicient matrix of the system is
A System of Three Linear Equations: 3 4 -7 0 1 2
A = 2 5 8 - A 0
and det 7 14 = by R - 3R -
A system of three linear equations 1 3
1 1 - 3 1 1 - 3 and R - 2 R
l1 : a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 2 3
a1 b1 c1 x 0
Are the lines represented by the system concurrent?
or a b2 c2 y = 0
2
a3 b3 c3 1 0 Solution: Multiplying the matrices on the L.H.S. of (1), we have
If the matrix x + 2 y + 5 0
a1 b1 c1 3 x + 5 y + 1 = 0 (2)
a
2 b2 c2 is singular, then the lines (5) are concurrent 4 x + 7 y + 6 0
a3 b3 c3 and so the system (5) has a unique solution. By using the deinition of equality of two matrices, we have from (2),
x + 2y + 5 = 0
Example 1: Express the system 3x + 5 y + 1 = 0
3x + 4 y - 7 = 0 4 x + 7 y + 6 = 0
2x - 5 y + 8 = 0
as the required system of equations. The coeicient matrix A of the system is such that
x + y - 3 = 0
1 2 5 1 2 5
in matrix form and check whether the three lines are concurrent det A = 3 5 1 = 0 - 1 - 14 = 0
4 7 6 0 - 1 - 14
Solution. The matrix form of the system is
Thus the lines of the system are concurrent.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
50 51
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
EXERCISE 4.4 9. Find the coordinates of the vertices of the triangle formed by the lines
x - 2 y - 6 = 0; 3 x - y + 3 = 0; 2x + y - 4 = 0
1. Find the point of intersection of the lines Also ind measures of the angles of the triangle.
(i) x - 2 y + 1 = 0- +and= 2 x y 2 0 10. Find the angle measured from the line l1 to the line l2 where
(ii) 3 x + y + 12 = 0+ - = x 2y 1 0
and
l1 : Joining ( 2 , 7 ) and ( 7 , 10 )
(iii) x + 4 y - 12 = 0 - and
+ = x 3y 3 0 (a)
2. Find an equation of the line through l2 : Joining (1, 1) and ( -5, 3)
(i) the point (2, -9) and the intersection of the lines l1 : Joining ( 3, - 1) and ( 5,7 )
(b)
2x + 5 y - 8 = 0 - - = 3x 4 y 6 0
and l2 : Joining ( 2,4 ) and ( -8,2 )
(ii) the intersection of the lines
Also ind the acute angle in each case.
x - y - 4 = 0 + + and= 7x y 20 0 and
(a) parallel (b) perpendicular l1 : Joining (1, - 7 ) and ( 6, - 4 )
(c)
to the line 6 x + y - 14 = 0 l2 : Joining ( -1,2 ) and ( -6, - 1)
(iii) through the intersection of the lines x + 2 y + 3 = 0 , 3 x + 4 y + 7 = 0 and making
l1 : Joining ( -9, - 1) and ( 3, -5 )
equal intercepts on the axes. (d)
l2 :Joining ( 2,7 ) and ( -6, - 7 )
3. Find an equation of the line through the intersection of
16x - 10y - 33 = 0 ; 12x - 14y - 29 = 0 and the intersection of 11. Find the interior angles of the triangle whose vertices are
x-y+4=0 ; x - 7y + 2 = 0 (a) A (-2, 11), B (-6, -3), (4, -9)
4. Find the condition that the lines y = m1 x + c1; y = m2 x + c2 and y = m3 x + c3 are (b) A (6, 1), B (2, 7), C(-6, -7)
concurrent. (c) A (2, -5), B (-4, -3), (-1, 5)
5. Determine the value of p such that the lines 2x - 3y - 1 = 0,
(d) A (2, 8), B (-5, 4), C(4, -9)
3x - y - 5 = 0 and 3x + 4y + 8 = 0 meet at a point.
12. Find the interior angles of the quadrilateral whose vertices are A (5, 2), B (-2, 3),
6. Show that the lines 4x - 3y - 8 = 0 , 3x - 4y - 6 = 0 and x - y - 2 = 0 are concurrent
C (-3, -4) and D (4, -5)
and the third-line bisects the angle formed by the irst two lines.
7. The vertices of a triangle are A (-2, 3), B (-4, 1) and C (3, 5). Find coordinates of the 13. Show that the points
(i) centroid (ii) orthocentre A (0, 0), B (2, 1), C (3, 3), D (1, 2) are the vertices of a rhombus.
(iii) circumcentre of the triangle Find its interior angles.
Are these three points collinear? 14. Find the area of the region bounded by the triangle whose sides are
8. Check whether the lines 7 x - y - 10 = 0; 10 x + y - 14 = 0; 3x + 2 y + 3 = 0
4x - 3y - 8 = 0 ; 3 x - 4 y - 6 = 0; x- y-2=0 15. The vertices of a triangle are A(-2, 3), B(-4, 1) and C(3, 5). Find the centre of the
are concurrent. If so, ind the point where they meet circumcircle of the triangle.
52 53
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
16. Express the given system of equations in matrix form. Find in each case whether
Let y = m1 x and y = m2 x be two lines passing through the origin. Their joint equation is:
the lines are concurrent.
( y - m1x )( y - m2 x ) = 0
(a) x + 3 y - 2 = 0; 2 x - y + 4 = 0; x - 11 y + 14 = 0
or y 2 - ( m1 + m2 ) xy + m1m2 x 2 = 0 (5)
(b) 2 x + 3 y + 4 = 0; x - 2 y - 3 = 0; 3x + y - 8 = 0
Equation (5) is a special type of a second degree homogeneous equation.
(c) 3 x - 4 y - 2 = 0; x + 2 y - 4 = 0; 3 x - 2 y + 5 = 0.
17. Find a system of linear equations corresponding to the given matrix form. Check
whether the lines represented by the system are concurrent. 4.6.1 Homogeneous Equation
1 0 - 1 x 0 1 1 2 x 0 Let f ( x, y ) = 0 (1)
(a) 2 0 1 y = 0 (b) 2 4 - 3 y = 0 be any equation in the variables x and y. Equation (1) is called a homogeneous equation
0 - 1 6 1 0 3 6 - 5 1 0 of degree n (a positive integer) if
f ( kx,ky ) = k n f ( x, y )
4.6 HOMOGENEOUS EQUATION OF THE for some real number k.
SECOND DEGREE IN TWO VARIABLES For example, in equation (5) above if we replace x and y by kx and ky respectively, we
have
We have already seen that if a graph is a straight line, then its equation is a linear
k 2 y 2 - k 2 ( m1 + m2 ) xy + k 2 m1m2 x 2 = 0
equation in the variables x and y. Conversely, the graph of any linear equation in x and y is a
or k 2 y 2 - ( m1 + m2 ) xy + m1m2 x 2 = 0 =
i.e., k 2 f ( x, y ) 0
straight line.
Suppose we have two straight lines represented by Thus (5) is a homogeneous equation of degree 2.
a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 (1) ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0
A general second degree homogeneous equation can be written as:
and a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0 (2)
Multiplying equations (1) and (2), we have ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0
provided a, h and b are not simultaneously zero.
( a1x + b1 y + c1 )( a2 x + b2 y + c2 ) = 0 (3)
It is a second degree equation in x and y.
Theorem: Every homogenous second degree equation
Equation (3) is called joint equation of the pair of lines (1) and (2). On the other hand,
given an equation of the second degree in x and y, say ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 (1)
represents a pair of lines through the origin. The lines are
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 (4)
(i) real and distinct, if h 2 > ab (ii) real and coincident, if h ab
where a ≠ 0 , represents equations of a pair of lines if (4) can be resolved into two linear
factors. In this section, we shall study special joint equations of pairs of lines which pass (iii) imaginary, if h 2 < ab
through the origin.
54 55
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
Proof: Multiplying (1) by b and re-arranging the terms, we have 4.6.2 To ind measure of the angle between the lines
b 2 y 2 + 2bhxy + abx 2 = 0 represented by
or b 2 y 2 + 2bhxy + h 2 x 2 - h 2 x 2 + abx 2 = 0
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 (1)
( by + hx ) - x 2 ( h 2 - ab ) = 0
2
or We have already seen that the lines represented by (1) are
or (by + hx + x )(
h 2 - ab by + hx - x h 2 - ab = 0 ) ( )
by + x h + h 2 - ab = 0 (2)
by + x ( h - h - ab ) = 0
Thus (1) represents a pair of lines whose equations are:
and 2
(3)
(
by + x h + h 2 - ab = 0 ) (2) Now slopes of (2) and (3) are respectively given by:
and by + x ( h - h - ab ) = 0
2
(3)
m1 ==
(
- h + h 2 - ab )
, and m2
(
- h - h 2 - ab )
Clearly, the lines (2) and (3) are b b
(i) real and distinct if h 2 > ab . (ii) real and coincident, if h 2 = ab . -2h a
Therefore , m1 + m2 = = and m1m2
(iii) imaginary, if h 2 < ab . b b
It is interesting to note that even in case the lines are imaginary, they intersect in a real If q is measure of the angle between the lines (2) and (3), then
point viz (0, 0) since this point lies on their joint equation (1).
1
Solution. Here a- = 1-, h== , b 6
2
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
56 57
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab 4. Introduction to Analytic Geometry eLearn.Punjab
EXERCISE 4.5
Find the lines represented by each of the following and also ind measure of the,
angle between them (Problems 1-6):
1. 10 x 2 - 23 xy - 5 y 2 = 0
2. 3 x 2 + 7 xy + 2 y 2 = 0
3. 9 x 2 + 24 xy + 16 y 2 = 0
4. 2 x 2 + 3 xy - 5 y 2 = 0
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
58 59
version: 1.1
CHAPTER
5.1 INTRODUCTION
Fig. 5.21
Many real life problems involve linear inequalities. Here we shall consider those We conclude that the solution set of an inequality consists of all solutions of the
problems (relating to trade, industry and agriculture etc.) which involve systems of linear inequality.
inequalities in two variables. Linear inequalities in such problems are used to prescribe
limitations or restrictions on allocation of available resources (material, capital, machine 5.2.1 Graphing of A Linear Inequality in Two Variables
capacities, labour hours, land etc.). In this chapter, our main goal will be to optimize
(maximize or minimize) a quantity under consideration subject to certain restrictions. Generally a linear inequality in two variables x and y can be one of the following forms:
The method under our discussion is called the linear programming method and it ax + by < c ; ax + by > c ; ax + by 7 c ; ax + by 8 c
involves solutions of certain linear inequalities. where a, b, c are constants and a, b are not both zero.
We know that the graph of linear equation of the form
5.2 LINEAR INEQUALITIES ax + by = c is a line which divides the plane into two disjoint regions as stated below:
(1) The set of ordered pairs (x, y) such that ax + by < c
Inequalities are expressed by the following four symbols; (2) The set of ordered pairs (x, y) such that ax + by > c
> (greater than); < (less than); 8 (greater than or equal to); 7 (less than or equal to) The regions (1) and (2) are called half planes and the line
For example (i) ax < b (ii) ax + b 8 c (iii) ax + by > c (iv) ax + by 7 c are ax + by = c is called the boundary of each half plane.
inequalities. Inequalities (i) and (ii) are in one variable while inequalities (iii) and (iv) are in Note that a vertical line divides the plane into left and right half planes while a non-
two variables. vertical line divides the plane into upper and lower half planes.
The following operations will not afect the order (or sense) of inequality while changing A solution of a linear inequality in x and y is an ordered pair of numbers which satisies
it to simpler equivalent form: the inequality.
(i) Adding or subtracting a constant to each side of it. For example, the ordered pair (1, 1) is a solution of the inequality x + 2y < 6 because
(ii) Multiplying or dividing each side of it by a positive constant. 1 + 2(1) = 3 < 6 which is true.
Note that the order (or sense) of an inequality is changed by multiplying or dividing its There are ininitely many ordered pairs that satisfy the inequality x + 2y < 6, so its graph
each side by a negative constant. will be a half plane.
Note that the linear equation ax + by = c is called “associated or corresponding
3
Now for revision we consider inequality, x < (A) equation” of each of the above mentioned inequalities.
2
3
All real numbers < are in the solution set of (A). Procedure for Graphing a linear Inequality in two Variables
2
(i) The corresponding equation of the inequality is irst graphed by using ‘dashes’ if the
3 3
Thus the interval - ∞, or - ∞ < x < is the solution set of the inequality involves the symbols > or < and a solid line is drawn if the inequality involves
2 2
the symbols 8 or 7.
inequality (A) which is shown in the igure 5.21 (ii) A test point (not on the graph of the corresponding equation) is chosen which
determines that the half plane is on which side of the boundary line.
2 3
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab 5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab
Substituting x = 0, y = 0 in the expression x + 2y gives Example 2. Graph the following linear inequalities in
0 - 2(0) = 0 < 6, so the point (0, 0) satisies the inequality (i). xy-plane;
Any other point below the line (ii) satisies the (i) 2x 8 - 3 (ii) y 7 2
inequality (i), that is all points in the half plane containing Solution. The inequality (i) in xy-plane is considered as
the point (0, 0) satisfy the inequality (i). 2x + 0y 8 - 3 and its solution set consists of all point (x, y)
Thus the graph of the solution set of inequality (i) is the a
region on the origin-side of the line (ii), that is, the region 3
such that x, y d R and x ≥ -
below the line (ii). A portion of the open halfplane below 2
The corresponding equation of the inequality (i) is
the line (ii) is shown as shaded region in igure 5.22(a)
2x = -3 (1)
All points above the dashed line satisfy the
which a vertical line (parallel to the y-axis) and its
inequality x + 2y > 6 (iii)
graph is drawn in igure 5.23(a).
A portion of the open half plane above the line (ii) is
The graph of the inequality 2x > -3 is the open half
shown by shading in igure 5.22(b)
plane to the right of the line (1).
Thus the graph of 2x 8 -3 is the closed half-plane to
the right of the line (1).
Note: 1. The graph of the inequality x + 2y 7 6 ..(iv)
(ii) The associated equation of the inequality (ii) is
includes the graph of the line (ii),’ so the open half-plane
y=2 (2)
below the line (ii) including the graph of the line (ii) is the
which is a horizontal line (parallel to the x-axis) and its
graph of the inequality (iv). A portion of the graph of the
graph is shown in igure 5.23(b) Here the solution
inequality (iv) is shown by shading in igure 5.22(c)
set of the inequality y < 2 is the open half plane below
the boundary line y = 2. Thus the graph of y 7 2 consists
of the boundary line and the open half plane below it.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
4 5
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab 5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab
6 7
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab 5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab
Example 2. Graph the solution region for the following system of inequalities: Example 3. Graph the following systems of inequalities.
x - 2y 7 6, 2x + y > 2, x + 2y 8 1 0
(i) 2x + y 8 2 (ii) 2x + y 8 2 (iii) 2x + y 8 2
x + 2y 7 10 x + 2y 7 10 x + 2y 7 10
Solution: The graph of the inequalities x - 2y 7 6 and y80 x80 x 8 0, y 8 0
2x + y 8 2 have already drawn in igure 5.31(a) and
5.31(b) and their intersection is partially shown as a Solution:
shaded region in igure 5.31(c) of the example 1 Art (i) The corresponding equations of the inequalities
(5.3). Following the procedure of the example 1 of Art 2x + y 8 2 and x + 2y 7 10 are
(5.3) the graph of the inequality x + 2y 7 10 is shown 2x + y = 2 (I) and x + 2y = 10 (II)
partially in the igure 5.32(a). For the partial graph of 2x + y 8 2 see igure 5.31(b) of the example 1 and the graph of
the inequality x + 2y 7 10 is partially shown in igure 5.32(a) of the example 2.
The intersection of three graphs is the required The solution region of the inequalities
solution region which is the shaded triangular region 2x + y 8 2 and x + 2y 7 10 is the intersection of their
PQR (including its sides) shown partially in the igure individual graphs. The common region of the graphs
5.32(b). of inequalities is partially shown as a shaded region in
igure 5.33(a).
Now we deine a corner point of a solution region.
DEFINITION:
A point of a solution region where two of its boundary lines intersect, is called a
corner point or vertex of the solution region.
The graph of y 8 0 is the upper half plane
Such points play a useful role while solving linear programming problems. In example
including the graph of the corresponding line y = 0
2, the following three corner points are obtained by corresponding equations (of linear
(the x-axis) of the linear inequality y 8 0. The graph of
inequalities given in the example 2) in pairs.
y 8 0 is partially displayed in igure 5.33(b).
Corresponding lines of inequalities: Corner Points
x - 2y = 6, 2x + y = 2 P(2, -2)
x - 2y = 6, x + 2y = 10 Q(8, 1)
2x + y = 2, x + 2y = 10 R(-2, 6)
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
8 9
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab 5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab
The solution region of the system of (iii) The graphs of the system of inequalities in (iii)
inequalities in (i) is the intersection of the graphs are drawn in the solution of (i) and (ii). The solution
shown in igure 5.33(a) and 5.33(b). This solution region in this case, is shown as shaded region ABCD
region is displayed in igure 5.33(c). in igure 5.34. (c).
(ii) See igure 5.33(a) for the graphs of the inequalities 2x + y 8 2 and x + 2y 7 10.
EXERCISE 5.1
1. Graph the solution set of each of the following linear inequality in xy-plane:
(i) 2x + y 7 6 (ii) 3x + 7y 8 21 (iii) 3x - 2y 8 6
The graph of x 8 0 consists of the open (iv) 5x - 4y 7 20 (v) 2x + 1 8 0 (vi) 3y - 4 7 0
half-plane to the right of the corresponding line 2. Indicate the solution set of the following systems of linear inequalities
x = 0 (y-axis) of the inequality x 8 0 and its graph. by shading:
See igure 5.34(a). (i) 2x - 3y 7 6 (ii) x + y 8 5 (iii) 3x + 7y 8 21
2x + 3y 7 12 -y + x 7 1 x-y72
(iv) 4x - 3y 7 12 (v) 3x + 7y 8 21
3
x ≥ - y74
2
3. Indicate the solution region of the following systems of linear inequalities
Thus the solution region of the inequalities in by shading:
(ii) is partially shown in igure 5.34(b). This region (i) 2x - 3y 7 6 (ii) x + y 7 5 (iii) x + y 8 5
is the intersection of graphs in igure 5.33(a) and 2x + 3y 7 12 y - 2x 7 2 x-y81
5.34(a). y80 x80 y80
(iv) 3x + 7y 7 21 (v) 3x + 7y 7 21 (vi) 3x + 7y 7 21
x-y72 x-y72 2x - y 8 -3
x80 y80 x80
10 11
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab 5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab
4. Graph the solution region of the following system of linear inequalities and It is the polygonal region ABCDE (including its sides)
ind the corner points in each case. as shown in the igure 5.51.
(i) 2x - 3y 7 6 (ii) x + y 7 5 (iii) 3x + 7y 7 21
2x + 3y 7 12 -2x + y 7 2 2x - y 7 -3 Such a region (which is restricted to the irst
x80 y80 y80 quadrant) is referred to as a feasible region for the set
(iv) 3x + 2y 8 6 (v) 5x + 7y 7 35 (vi) 5x + 7y 7 35 of given constraints. Each point of the feasible region
x + 3y 7 6 -x + 3y 7 3 x - 2y 7 2 is called a feasible solution of the system of linear
y80 x80 x80 inequalities (or for the set of a given constraints). A set
5. Graph the solution region of the following system of linear inequalities consisting of all the feasible solutions of the system of
by shading. linear inequalities is called a feasible solution set.
(i) 3x - 4y 7 12 (ii) 3x - 4y 7 12 (iii) 2x + y 7 4
3x + 2y 8 3 x + 2y 7 6 2x - 3y 8 12 Example 1. Graph the feasible region and ind the corner points for the following
x + 2y 7 9 x+y81 x + 2y 7 6 system of inequalities (or subject to the following constraints).
(iv) 2x + y 7 10 (v) 2x + 3y 7 18 (vi) 3x - 2y 8 3 x-y73
x+y77 2x + y 7 10 x + 4y 7 12 x + 2y 7 6 , x 8 0, y80
-2x + y 7 4 -2x + y 7 2 3x + y 7 12
Solution: The associated equations for the inequalities
5.4 PROBLEM CONSTRAINTS x - y 7 3 (i) and x + 2y 7 6 (ii)
are x - y = 3 (1) and x + 2y = 6 (2)
In the beginning we described that linear inequalities prescribe limitations and As the point (3, 0) and (0, -3) are on the line (1),
restrictions on allocation of available sources. While tackling a certain problem from every so the graph of x - y = 3 is drawn by joining the points
day life each linear inequality concerning the problem is named as problem constraint. (3, 0) and (0, -3) by solid line.
The system of linear inequalities involved in the problem concerned are called problem Similarly line (2) is graphed by joining the points
constraints. The variables used in the system of linear inequalities relating to the problems (6, 0) and (0, 3) by solid line. For x = 0 and y = 0, we
of every day life are non-negative and are called non-negative constraints. These non- have;
negative constraints play an important role for taking decision. So these variables are called
decision variables. 0 - 0 = 073 and 0 + 2(0) = 076,
5.5 Feasible solution set so both the ciosed half-planes are on the origin
sides of the lines (1) and (2). The intersection of these
We see that solution region of the inequalities in example 2 of Art 5.3 is not within the closed half-planes is partially displayed as shaded
irst quadrant. If the nonnegative constraints x 8 0 and y 8 0 are included with the system of region in igure 5.52(a).
inequalities given in the example 2, then the solution region is restricted to the irst quadrant.
12 13
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab 5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab
Example 2. A manufacturer wants to make two types of concrete. Each bag of Agrade
concrete contains 8 kilograms of gravel (small pebbles with coarse sand) and 4 kilograms of
cement while each bag of B-grade concrete contains 12 kilograms of gravel and two kilograms
For the graph of y 8 0, see igure 5.33(b) of cement. If there are 1920 kilograms of gravel and 480 kilograms of cement, then graph
of the example 3 of art 5.3. the feasible region under the given restrictions and ind corner points of the feasible region.
The intersection of graphs shown in Solution: Let x be the number of bags of A-grade concrete produced and y denote the
igures 5.52(a) and 5.33(b) is partially graphed number of bags of B-grade concrete produced, then 8x kilograms of gravel will be used
as shaded region in igure 5.52(b). for A-grade concrete and 12y kilograms of gravel will be required for B-grade concretes so
8x + 12y should not exceed 1920, that is,
8x + 12y 7 1920
Similarly, the linear constraint for cement will be
4x + 2y 7 480
Now we have to graph the feasible region for the
linear constraints
8x + 12y 7 1920
The graph of x 8 0 is drawn in igure
4x + 2y 7 480, x 8 0, y 8 0
5.34(a). The intersection of the graphs shown
in igures 5.52(a) and 5.34(a) is graphed in
Taking the one unit along x-axis and y-axis
igure 5.52(c).
equal to 40 we draw the graph of the feasible region
required.
The shaded region of igure 5.53(a) shows the
graph of 8x + 12y 7 1920 including the nonnegative
constraints x 8 0 and y 8 0
14 15
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab 5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab
16 17
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab 5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab
is the intersection of the graphs shown in igures 2. Graph the feasible region of the following system of linear inequalities and
5.54(c) and 5.54(d). It is the shaded region indicated ind the corner points in each case.
in the igure 5.54(e). (i) 2x + y 7 10 (ii) 2x + 3y 7 18 (iii) 2x + 3y 7 18
x + 4y 7 12 2x + y 7 10 x + 4y 7 12
Note: The corner points of feasible region x + 2y 7 10 x + 4y 7 12 3x + y 7 12
the set of constraints in (a) are (1, 0), (3, 0) and x 8 0, y 8 0 x80,y80 x 8 0, y 8 0
(0, 2) while the corner points of the feasible (iv) x + 2y 7 14 (v) x + 3y 7 15 (vi) 2x + y 7 20
region for the set of constraints in (b) are (1, 0), 3x + 4y 7 36 2x + y 7 12 8x+15y 7120
2x + y 7 10 4x + 3y 7 24 x + y 7 11
36 10 x 8 0, y 8 0 x 8 0, y 8 0 x 8 0, y 8 0
(3, 0), , , (0, 4) and (0, 2)
7 7
We see that the feasible solution regions in example 3(a) and 3(b) are of diferent types. 5.6 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
The feasible region in example 3(a) is unbounded as it cannot be enclosed in any circle how
large it may be while the feasible region in example 3(b) can easily be enclosed within a A function which is to be maximized or minimized is called an objective function.
circle, so it is bounded. If the line segment obtained by joining any two points of a region lies Note that there are ininitely many feasible solutions in the feasible region. The feasible
entirely within the region, then the region is called convex. solution which maximizes or minimizes the objective function is called the optimal solution.
The theorem of linear programming states that the maximum and minimum values of the
Both the feasible regions of example 3(a)
objective function occur at corner points of the feasible region.
and 3(b) are convex but the regions such
as shown in the adjoining igures are not Procedure for determining optimal solution:
convex. (i) Graph the solution set of linear inequality constraints to determine feasible region.
(ii) Find the corner points of the feasible region.
(iii) Evaluate the objective function at each corner point to ind the optimal solution.
18 19
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab 5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab
including the non-negative constraints x 8 0 is Solution. The graphs of 2x - 3y 7 6, 2x + y 8 2, are displayed in the example 3 of
partially displayed as shaded region in the igure 5.61. Art. 5.5. Joining the points (6. 0) and (0, 4), we obtain the graph of the line 2x + 3y = 12. As
The graph of 2x - y 7 6 consists of the graph of the line 2(0) + 3(0) = 0 < 12, so the graph of 2x + 3y < 12 is the half plane below the line 2x + 3y = 12.
2x - y = 6 and the half plane on the origin side of the line Thus the graph of 2x + 3y 7 12 consists of the graph of the line 2x + 3y = 12 and the half plane
2x - y=6. A portion of the solution region of the given below the line 2x + 3y = 12. The solution region of 2x - 3y 7 6, 2x + y 8 2 and 2x + 3y 7 12 is the
system of inequalities is shaded in the igure 5.62. triangular region PQR shown in igure 5.63. The non-negative constraints x 8 0,
We see that feasible region is unbounded upwards y 80 indicated the irst quadrant. Thus the feasible region satisfying all the constrains is
and its corner points are A(0, 4), B(3, 1) and C(4, 2). shaded in the igure 5.63 and its corner points are (1, 0) (0, 2), (0, 4),
Note that the point at which the lines x + y = 4 and
9
2x - y = 6 intersect is not a corner point of the feasible , 1 and (3, 0).
2
region.
It is obvious that the expression 2x + 3y does not We ind values of f at the corner points.
posses a maximum value in the feasible region because Corner
f(x, y) = 4x + 5y
its value can be made larger than any number by point
(1, 0) f (1, 0) = 4 x 1 + 5.0 = 4
increasing x and y. We calculate the values of f at the
(0, 2) f (0, 2) = 4 x 0 + 5.2 = 10
corner points to ind its minimum value:
(0, 4) f (0, 4) = 4 x 0 + 5.4 = 20
f (0, 4) = 2(0) + 3 x 4 = 12
(9/2, 1) f (9/2, 1) = 4 x 9/2 + 5.1 = 23
f (3, 1) = 2x3+3x1 = 6+3=9
(3, 0) f (3, 0) = 4 x 3 + 50 x 0 = 12
f (4, 2) = 2x4+3x2 = 8 + 6 = 14
From the above table, it follows that the minimum value of f is 4 at the corner point
Thus the minimum value of 2x + 3y is 9 at the corner point (3, 1).
9
(1, 0) and maximum value of f is 23 at the corner point , 1 . The values of f at the corner
Note: lf f(x , y) = 2x + 2y, then f (0 , 4) = 2 x 0 + 2 x 4 = 8, f (3, 1) = 2 x 3 + 2 x 1 = 6 + 2 = 8 2
points are given below in tabular form.
and f(4, 2) = 2 x 4 + 2 x 2 = 8 + 4 =12. The minimum value of 2x + 2y is the same at two corner points
(0, 4) and (3, 1).
Corner point f(x, y) = 4x + 5y
We observe that the minimum value of 2x + 2y at each point of the line segment AB is
(1, 0) f (1, 0) = 4.1 + 6.0 = 4
8 as: (0, 2) f (0, 2) = 4.0 + 6.2 = 12
f(x, y) = 2x + 2(4 - x) (a x + y = 4 ⇒ y = 4 - x) (0, 4) f (0, 4) = 4.0 + 6.4 = 24
= 2x + 8 - 2x = 8 (9/2, 1) f (9/2, 1) = 4 . 9/2 + 6.1 = 24
(3, 0) f (3, 0) = 4 x 3 + 6.0 = 12
Example 2. Find the minimum and maximum values of f and f deined as: The minimum value of f is 4 at the point (1, 0) and maximum value of f is 24 at the
f(x, y) = 4x + 5y, f (x, y) = 4x + 6y
under the constraints 9
corner points (0, 4) and , 1 . As observed in the above example, it follows that the
2x - 3y 7 6 2x + y 8 2 2x + 3y 7 12 x 8 0, y 8 0 2
function f has maximum value at all the points of the line segment between the points
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
20 21
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab 5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab
Now the problem is to maximize the proit function P under the given constraints.
9 Graphing the inequalities, we obtain the feasible region which is shaded in the igure 5.71.
(0, 4) and , 1 .
2 Solving the equations x + y = 100 and 3x + 2y = 240 gives x = 240 - 2(x + y) = 240 - 200 = 40
and y = 100 - 40 = 60, that is; their point of intersection is (40, 60). The corner points of the
Note 1. Some times it may happen that each point of constraint line gives the optimal
feasible region are (0, 0),(0, 100), (40, 60) and (80, 0).
value of the objective function.
Now we ind the values of P at the corner points.
Corner point P(x, y) = 20x + 15y
Note 2. For diferent value of k, the equation 4x + 5y = k represents lines parallel to the
(0, 0) P(0, 0) = 2 0 x 0 + 15 x 0 = 0
line 4x + 5y = 0. For a certain admissible value of k, the intersection of 4x + 5y = k with the
(0, 100) P(0, 100) = 20 x 0 + 15 x 100 = 1500
feasible region gives feasible solutions for which the proit is k.
(40, 60) P(40, 60) = 20 x 40 + 15 x 60 = 1700
(80, 0) P(80, 0) = 20 x 80 + 15 x 0 = 1600
5.7 LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEMS From the above table, it follows that the maximum proit is Rs. 1700 at the corner point
(40, 60). Thus the farmer will get the maximum proit if he cultivates 40 canals of corn and
Convert a linear programming problem to a mathematical form by using variables,
60 canals of wheat.
then follow the procedure given in Art 5.6.
Exam ple 2. A factory produces bicycles and motorcycles by using two machines A and
Example 1: A farmer possesses 100 canals of land and wants to grow corn and wheat.
B. Machine A has at most 120 hours available and machine B has a maximum of 144 hours
Cultivation of corn requires 3 hours per canal while cultivation of wheat requires 2 hours per
available. Manufacturing a bicycle requires 5 hours in machine A and 4 hours in machine B
canal. Working hours cannot exceed 240. If he gets a proit of Rs. 20 per canal for corn and
while manufacturing of a motorcycle requires 4 hours in machine A and 8 hours in machine
Rs. 15/- per canal for wheat, how many canals of each he should cultivate to maximize his
B. If he gets proit of Rs. 40 per bicycle and proit of Rs. 50 per motorcycle, how many bicycles
proit?
and motorcycles should be manufactured to get maximum proit?
Solution: Suppose that he cultivates x canals of corn
and y canals of wheat. Then constraints can be written Solution: Let the number of bicycles to be
as: manufactured be x and the number of motor cycles to
x + y 7 100 be manufactured be y.
3x + 2y 7 240
Then the time required to use machine A for x
Non-negative constraints are x 8 0, y 8 0. Let P(x, y) bicycles and y motorcycles is 5x + 4y (hours) and the time
be the proit function, then required to use machine B for x bicycles and y motorcycles
P(x, y) = 20x + 15y in 4x + 8y (hours). Thus the problem constraints are
5x + 4y 7 120
And 4x + 8y 7 144
⇒ 2x + 4y 7 72 .
22 23
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab 5. Linear Inequalities and Linear Programming eLearn.Punjab
EXERCISE 5.3
1. Maximize f(x, y) = 2x + 5y
subject to the constraints
2y - x 7 8; x - y 7 4; x 0 8 0; y80
2. Maximize f(x , y) = x + 3y
subject to the constraints
2x + 5y 7 30; 5x + 4y 7 20; x 8 0; y80
3. Maximize z = 2x + 3y; subject to the constraints:
3x + 4y 7 12; 2x + y 7 4: 4x - y 7 4; x 8 0; y 8 0
4. Minimize z = 2x + y: subject to the constraints:
x + y 8 3; 7x + 5y 7 35; x 8 0; y80
24 25
version: 1.1
CHAPTER
6 Conic Sections
The theory of conics plays an important role in modern space mechanics, occeangraphy
6.1 INTRODUCTION and many other branches of science and technology.
We irst study the properties of a Circle. Other conics will be taken up later.
Conic sections or simply conics, are the curves obtained by cutting a (double)
right circular cone by a plane. Let RS be a line through the centre C of a given circle and
6.1.1 Equation of a Circle
perpendicular to its plane. Let A be a ixed point on RS. All lines through A and points on the
circle generate a right circular cone. The lines are called rulings or generators of the cone.
The set of all points in the plane that are equally distant from a ixed point is called a
The surface generated consists of two parts, called nappes, meeting at the ixed point A,
circle. The ixed point is called the centre of the circle and the distance from the center of
called the vertex or apex of the cone. The line RS is called axis of the cone.
the circle to any point on the circle is called the radius of the circle.
If the cone is cut by a plane perpendicular to the axis of the cone, then the section is a
If C(h,k) is centre of a circle, r its radius and P(x, y) any point on the circle, then the circle,
circle.
denoted S(C ; r) in set notation is
{
S ( C ; r ) == P ( x, y ): CP r }
By the distance formula, we get
( x - h) + ( y - k )
2 2
CP = =r
( x - h) + ( y - k ) = r2
2 2
or (1)
is an equation of the circle in standard form.
If the centre of the circle is the origin, then (1) reduces to
x2 + y2 = r2 (2)
If r = 0, the circle is called a point circle which consists
of the centre only.
The size of the circle depends on how near the plane is to the vertex of the cone. If the Let P(x, y) be any point on the circle (2) and let the
plane passes through the vertex A, the intersection is just a single point or a point circle. If inclination of OP be q as shown in the igure. It is clear that
the cutting plane is slightly tilted and cuts only one nappe of the cone, the resulting section
is an ellipse. If the intersecting plane is parallel to a generator of the cone, but intersects x = r cos q
(3)
its one nappe only , the curve of intersection is a parabola. If the cutting plane is parallel y = r sinq
to the axis of the cone and intersects both of its nappes, then the curve of intersection is a
The point P(r cosq, r sin q) lies on (2) for all values of
hyperbola.
q. Equations (3) are called parametric equations of the
The Greek mathematicians Apollonius’ (260-200 B.C.) and Pappus (early fourth
circle (2).
century) discovered many intersecting properties of the conic sections. They used the
methods of Euclidean geometry to study conics. We shall not study conics from the point
Example 1: Write an equation of the circle with centre (-3, 5) and radius 7.
of view stated above, but rather approach them with the more powerful tools of analytic
Solution: Required equation is
geometry.
2 3
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
(x + 3)2 + (y - 5)2 = 72
or x2 + y2 + 6x - 10y - 15 = 0 -12 -18
Thus centre of the circle = ( - g ,- f ) = ,
5 5
6.1.1 General Form of an Equation of a Circle 144 324
Radius of the circle = g 2 + f 2 - c = + -2
25 25
Theorem: The equation 418 418
= =
x2 + y2 +2gx + 2fy + c = 0 (1) 25 5
represents a circle g, f and c being constants.
Equation (1) can be written as: 6.1.2 Equations of Circles Determined by Given Conditions
(x2 + 2gx + g2) + (y2 + 2fy + f2) = g2+ f2 - c
The general equation of a circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 contains three independent
( )
2
x - ( - g ) + y - ( - f ) = g + f - c
2 2 2 2
or constants g, f and c, which can be found if the equation satisies three given conditions. We
which is standard form of an equation of a circle with centre (-g, - f) and radius discuss diferent cases in the following paragraphs.
g2 + f 2 - c .
The equation (1) is called general form of an equation of a circle. 1. A Circle Passing Through Three Non-collincar Points.
If three non-collinear points, through which a circle passes, are known, then we can
Note: ind the three independent constants f, g and c occurring in the general equation of a circle.
1. (1) is a second degree equation in which coeicient of each of x2 and y2 is 1.
2. (1) contains no term involving the product xy. Example 3: Find an equation of the circle which passes through the points A(5,10), B(6,9)
and C(-2,3).
Thus a second degree equation in which coeicients of x2 and y2 are equal and there is
no product term xy represents a circle. Solution: Suppose equation of the required circle is
If three non-collinear points through which a circle passes are known, then we can ind x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 (1)
the three constants f, g and c in (1). Since the three given points lie on the circle, they all satisfy (1). Substituting the three
points into (1), we get
Example 2: Show that the equation: 25 + 100 + 10g + 20f + c = 0
5x2 + 5y2 + 24x + 36y + 10 = 0 ⇒ 10g + 20f + c + 125 = 0 (2)
represents a circle. Also ind its centre and radius. 36 + 81 +12g + 18f + c + 117 = 0
Solution: The given equation can be written as: ⇒ 12g + 18f + c + 117 = 0 (3)
4 + 9 - 4g + 6f + c = 0
24 36
x2 + y 2 + x+ y+2=0 -4g + 6f + c + 13 = 0 (4)
5 5
which is an equation of a circle in the general form. Here Now we solve the equations (2), (3) and (4).
12 18 Subtracting (3) from (2), we have
g = , f = ,c = 2
5 5 -2g + 2f + 8 = 0
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
4 5
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
or g-f-4=0 (5) 3. A circle passing through two points and equation of tangent at one of these
Subtracting (4) from (2), we have. points is known.
14g + 14f + 112 = 0 (6)
or g+f+8=0 Example 5: Find an equation of the circle passing through the point (-2, -5) and touching
From (5) and (6), we have, the line 3x + 4y - 24 = 0 at the point (4, 3).
f = -6 and g = -2.
Inserting the values of f and g into (2), we get c = 15 Solution: Let the circle be
Thus equation of the circle is: x2 + y2 - 4x - 12y + 15 = 0 x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 (1)
The points (-2, -5 ) and (4, 3) lie on it. Therefore
2. A circle passing through two points and having its centre on a given line. -4g - 10f + c + 29 = 0 (2)
8g + 6f + c + 25 = 0 (3)
Example 4: Find an equation of the circle having the join of A (x1, y1) and B (x2, y2) as a The line
diameter. 3x + 4y - 24 = 0 (4)
Touches the circle at (4, 3).
Solution: Since AB is a diameter of the circle, its A line through (4, 3) and perpendicular to (4) is
midpoint is the centre of the circle. The radius of the
4
circle is known and standard form of an equation of the y -3= ( x - 4) or 4 x - 3 y - 7 = 0
3
circle may be easily written. However, a more elegant
This line being a normal through (4, 3) passes through the centre (-g, -f) of the
procedure is to make use of the plane geometry. If
circle (1). Therefore
P(x, y) is any point on the circle, then m∠APB = 900
-4 g + 3f - 7 = 0 (5)
Thus the lines AP and BP are perpendicular to each
From (2) - (3), we get
other.
-12g - 16f + 4 = 0
y - y1 y - y2 or 3g + 4f - 1 = 0 (6)
Slope of AP == and Slope of BP
x - x1 x - x2 Solving (5) and (6), we have g = -1, f = 1. Inserting these values of g and f into (3),
we ind c = -23. Equation of the required circle is
By the condition of perpendicularity of two lines, we get
x2 + y2 - 2x + 2y - 23 = 0
y - y1 y - y2
× - = 1
x - x1 x - x2 4. A circle passing through two points and touching a given line.
6 7
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
2. Find the centre and radius of the circle with the given equation
OA = OB = radius of the circle. (a) x2 + y2 +12x - 10y = 0
i.e., (h - 1)2 + (k - 2)2 = (h - 1)2 + (k + 2)2 (b) 5x2 + 5y2 + 14x + 12y - 10 = 0
or 8k = 0 i.e., k = 0 (c) x2 + y2 - 6x + 4y + 13 = 0
(d) 4x2 + 4y2 - 8x +12y - 25 = 0
Hence OA = OB
3. Write an equation of the circle that passes through the given points
( h - 1) (a) A(4, 5), B(-4, -3 ), C(8, -3)
2
= +4
Now length of perpendicular from (h, k) i.e., (h, 0) to the line (b) A(-7, 7), B(5, -1), C(10, 0)
x + 2y + 5 = 0 equals the radius of the circle and is given by (c) A(a, 0), B(0, b), C(0, 0)
(d) A(5, 6), B(-3, 2), C(3, -4)
h+5 4. In each of the following, ind an equation of the circle passing through
5 (a) A(3, -1), B(0, 1) and having centre at 4x - 3y - 3 = 0
(b) A(-3, 1) with radius 2 and centre at 2x - 3y + 3 = 0
h+5
( h - 1)
2
Therefore, = OA = +4 (c) A(5,1) and tangent to the line 2x - y - 10 = 0 at B(3, -4)
5
(d) A(1, 4), B(-1, 8) and tangent to the line x + 3y - 3 = 0
5. Find an equation of a circle of radius a and lying in the second quadrant such that it
( h + 5)
2
or = ( h - 1) + 4 or 4h 2 - 20h = 0
2
i.e., h = 0 ,5 is tangent to both the axes.
5 6. Show that the lines 3x - 2y = 0 and 2x + 3y - 13 = 0 are tangents to the circle
Thus centres of the two circles are at (0, 0) and (5, 0). x2 + y2 + 6x - 4y = 0
Radius of the irst circle = 5 ; Radius of the second circle = 20 7. Show that the circles
Equations of the circles are x2 + y2 + 2x - 2y - 7 = 0 and x2 + y2 - 6x + 4y + 9 = 0 touch externally.
x2 + y2 = 5 and (x - 5)2 + y2 = 20 8. Show that the circles
i.e., x2 + y 2 = 5 and x2 + y2 - 10x + 5 = 0 x2 + y2 + 2x - 8 = 0 and x2 + y2 - 6x + 6y - 46 = 0 touch internally.
9. Find equations of the circles of radius 2 and tangent to the line
EXERCISE 6.1 x - y - 4 = 0 at A(1, -3).
1. In each of the following, ind an equation of the circle with 6.2 TANGENTS AND NORMALS
(a) centre at (5, -2) and radius 4
A tangent to a curve is a line that touches the curve without cutting through it.
(b) centre at ( )
2 ,-3 3 and radius 2 2
dy
We know that for any curve whose equation is given by y = f(x) or f(x, y) = 0, the derivative
(c) ends of a diameter at (-3, 2) and (5, -6). is slope of the tangent at any point P(x, y) to the curve. The equation of the tangent to
dx
the curve can easily be written by the pointslope formula. The normal to the curve at P is
the line through P perpendicular to the tangent to the curve at P. This method can be very
8 9
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
conveniently employed to ind equations of tangent and normal to the circle Theorem: The point P(x1, y1) lies outside, on or inside the circle
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 at the point P(x1, y1). x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 according as
Here f(x, y) = x2 + y2 +2gx + 2fy + c = 0 (1)
>
Diferentiating (1) w.r.t. x, we get x12 + y12 + 2 gx1 + 2 fy1 + c = 0
<
y - y1 = -
x1 + g
y1 + f
( x - x1 ) (Point-slope form) i.e., according as: }
>
( x1 + g ) 2 + ( y1 + f ) 2 <
= g2 + f 2 - c
10 11
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
Substituting the value of y from equation (1) into equation (2), we get
x2 + (mx + c)2 = a2 8 9
Thus the points of intersection are P(2,1) and Q ,
or x2(1 + m2) + 2mcx + c2 - a2 = 0 (3) 5 5
Length of the chord intercepted
This being quadratic in x, gives two values of x say x1 and x2. Thus the line intersects
2 2
the circle in at the most two points. For nature of the points we examine the discriminant 8 9 4 16 2
= PQ = - 2 + - 1 = + =
of (3). 5 5 25 25 5
The discriminant of (3) is (2mc)2 - 4(1 + m2) (c2 - a2)
Theorem: Two tangents can be drawn to a circle from any point P(x1, y1). The tangents
= 4m2 c2 - 4(1 + m2)(c2 - a2)
are real and distinct, coincident or imaginary according as the point lies outside, on or inside
= 4m2 c2 - 4m2 c2 - 4(c2 - a2 - a2m2)
the circle.
= 4 [- c2 + a2(1 + m2)]
These points are
Proof: Let an equation of the circle be x2 + y2 = a2
(i) Real and distinct, if a2(1 + m2) - c2 > 0
We have already seen that the line
(ii) Real and coincident if a2(1 + m2) - c2 = 0
(iii) Imaginary if a2(1 + m2) - c2 < 0 y = mx + a 1 + m 2
Condition that the line may be a tangent to the circle. is a tangent to the given circle for all values of m. If it passes through the point
The line (1) is tangent to the circle (2) if it meets the circle in one point. P(x1, y1),then
or 5x2 - 18x + 16 = 0 i.e., according as the point P(x1, y1) lies outside, on or inside the circle x2 + y2 - a2 = 0
18 ± 324 - 320 18 ± 2 8 Example 3: Write equations of two tangents from (2, 3) to the circle x2 + y2 = 9.
⇒ x= = = 2,
10 10 5
When x = 2, y = 5 - 4 = 1 Solution. Any tangent to the circle is
8 16 9 y = mx + 3 1 + m 2
When x = , y = 5 - =
5 5 5 If it passes through (2, 3), then
12 13
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
Example 5: Find a joint equation to the pair of tangents drawn from (5, 0) to the circle:
3 = 2m + 3 1 + m 2
(1) x2 + y2 = 9 (1)
or (3 - 2m)2 = 9(1 + m2)
or 9 - 12m + 4m2 = 9 + 9m2 Solution: Let P(h,k) be any point on either of the two tangents drawn from A(5,0) to the
-12 given circle (1). Equation of PA is
or 5m 2 + 12m = 0 i.e., m = 0,
5 k -0
Inserting these values of m into (1), we have equations of the tangents from (2,3) to y-0= ( x - 5) or kx - (h - 5) y - 5k = 0 (2)
h-5
the circle as : Since (2) is tangent to the circle (1), the perpendicular distance of (2) from the centre of the
circle equals the radius of the circle.
For m = 0 : y = 0. x + 3 1 + 0
or y = 3 -5k
i.e., =3
-12 -12 144 -12 39 k + (h - 5)
2 2
For m= :y= x + 3 1+ = x+
5 5 25 5 5 or 25k 2 = 9[k 2 + (h - 5) 2 ] or 16k 2 - 9(h - 5) 2 = 0
or 5 y + 12 x - 39 = 0. Thus (h,k) lies on
9(x - 5)2 - 16y2 = 0 (3)
Example 4: Write equations of the tangents to the circle But (h,k) is any point of either of the two tangents.
x + y - 4x + 6y + 9 = 0
2 2
(1) Hence (3) is the joint equations of the two tangents.
at the points on the circle whose ordinate is -2.
6.2.1 Length of the tangent to a circle
Solution: Substituting y = -2 into (1), we get (Tangential Distance)
x2 - 4x + 1 = 0
Let P(x1, y1) be a point outside the circle
4 ± 16 - 4
or x= = ±2 3 x2 + y2 +2gx + 2fy + c = 0 (1)
2
We know that two real and distinct tangents can be drawn to the circle from an external
The points on the circle with ordinate -2 are
point P. If the points of contact of these tangents with the circle are S and T, then each of
(2 + 3, -2),(2 - 3, -2) the length PS and PT is called length of the tangent or tangential distance from P to the
Equations of the tangents to (1) at these points are circle (1).
(2 + 3) x - 2 y - 2( x + 2 + 3) + 3( y - 2) + 9 = 0 The centre of the circle has coordinates
and (2 - 3) x - 2 y - 2( x + 2 - 3) + 3( y - 2) + 9 = 0 (-g, -f). Join PO and OT. From the right triangle OPT
we have,
i.e., 3x + y - 2 3 - 1 = 0
and - 3x + y + 2 3 - 1 = 0 length of the tangent = PT = OP 2 - OT 2
= ( x1 + g ) 2 + ( y1 + f ) 2 - ( g 2 + f 2 - c)
14 15
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
For m = -2 : -2 x - y = 0 or 2 x + y = 0
= x12 + y12 + 2 gx1 + 2 fy1 + c (2)
It is easy to see that length of the second tangent PS also equals (2). 1 1 5
For m = : x - y + = 0 or x - 2 y + 5 = 0
2 2 2
Example 6: Find the length of the tangent from the point P(-5, 10) to the circle Tangential distance = 1 + 4 - 4 + 4 = 5
5x2 + 5y2 + 14x + 12y - 10 = 0
Example 8: Tangents are drawn from (-3,4) to the circle x2 + y2 = 21. Find an equation
Solution: Equation of the given circle in standard form is of the line joining the points of contact (The line is called the chord of contact).
14 12
x2 + y 2 + x+ y-2=0 (2) Solution: Let the points of contact of the two tangents be P(x1, y1) and Q(x2, y2)
5 5
An equation of the tangent at P is
Square of the length of the tangent from P(-5,10) to the circle (1) is obtained by xx1 + yy1 = 21 (1)
substituting -5 for x and 10 for y in the left hand member of (1) An equation of the tangent at Q is
∴ Required length = (-5) 2 + (10) 2 - 14 + 24 - 2 = 133 xx2 + yy2 = 21 (2)
Since (1) and (2) pass through (-3 ,4 ), so
Example 7: Write equations of the tangent lines to the circle x2 + y2 + 4x + 2y = 0 -3x1 +4y1 = 21 (3)
drawn from P(-1,2). Also ind the tangential distance. and -3x2 + 4y2 =21 (4)
(3) and (4) show that both the points P(x1, y1) , Q(x2, y2) lie on -3x + 4y = 21 and so it is
Solution: An equation of the line through P(-1,2) having slope m is the required equation of the chord of contact.
y - 2 = m(x + 1) or mx - y + m + 2 = 0. (1)
Centre of the circle is C(-2,-l). EXERCISE 6.2
Radius = 4 + 1 = 5
If (1) is tangent to the circle, then its distance from the centre of the circle equals the 1. Write down equations of the tangent and normal to the circle
radius of the circle. Therefore (i) x2 + y2 = 25 at (4 , 3) and at (5 cos q, 5 sin q)
-2m + 1 + m + 2 10
(ii) 3 x 2 + 3 y 2 + 5 x - 13 y + 2 = 0 at 1,
= 5 3
m2 + 1
2. Write down equations of the tangent and normal to the circle
or (-m + 3)2 = 5(m2 +1)
4x2 + 4y2 - 16x + 24y - 117 = 0
or 4m2 + 6m - 4 = 0 or 2m2+ 3m - 2 = 0
at the points on the circle whose abscissa is -4.
-3 ± 9 + 16 -3 ± 5 1 3. Check the position of the point (5 , 6) with respect to the circle
m= = = - 2,
4 4 2 (i) x2 + y2 = 81 (ii) 2x2 + 2y2 + 12x - 8y + 1 = 0
Equations of the tangents are from equation (1) 4. Find the length of the tangent drawn from the point (-5 , 4) to the circle
5x2 + 5y2 - 10x + 15y - 131 = 0
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
16 17
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
5. Find the length of the chord cut of from the line 2x + 3y = 13 by the circle
x2 + y2 = 26 y12 2
x + 2 x = a2
2
or x 2 ( x12 + y12 ) = a 2 x12
6. Find the coordinates of the points of intersection of the line x + 2y = 6 with the circle: x1
x2 + y2 - 2x - 2y - 39 = 0 or a 2 x 2 = a 2 x12 ( x12 + y12 = x 2 )
7. Find equations of the tangents to the circle x2 + y2 = 2
i.e., x = ± x1
(i) parallel to the line x - 2y + 1 = 0
(ii) perpendicular to the line 3x + 2y = 6 y1
If x = x1 , then y = y1 y = .x
8. Find equations of the tangents drawn from x1
(i) (0 , 5) to x2 + y2 = 16
Similarly when x = -x1, then y = -y1
(ii) (-1 ,2 ) to x2 + y2 + 4x + 2y = 0
Thus B has coordinates (-x1 , -y1).
(iii) (-7, -2 ) to (x + 1)2 + (y - 2)2 = 26
Also ind the points of contact Length of diameter AB = ( x1 + x1 ) 2 + ( y1 + y1 ) 2
9. Find an equation of the chord of contact of the tangents drawn from (4 , 5) to the circle = 4( x12 + y12 ) = 4a 2 = 2a
2x2 + 2y2 - 8x + 12y + 21 = 0
Theorem 2: Perpendicular dropped from the centre of a circle on a chord bisects the
6.3 ANALYTIC PROOFS OF IMPORTANT chord.
PROPERTIES OF A CIRCLE
Proof: Let x2 + y2 = a2 be a circle, in which AB is a chord with
A line segment whose end points lie on a circle is called a chord of the circle. A diameter end points A(x1 , y1), B(x2 , y2) on the circle and OM is perpendicular
of a circle is a chord containing the centre of the circle. from the centre to the chord. We need to show that OM bisects
the chord AB.
Theorem: Length of a diameter of the circle x2 + y2 = a2 is 2a.
y2 - y1
Slop of AB =
Proof: Let AOB be a diameter of the circle x2 - x1
x2 + y2 = a2 (1)
O(0,0) is center of (1). -( x2 - x1 ) x1 - x2
Slop of perpendicular to AB = = = m (say)
Let the coordinates of A be (x1, y1). y2 - y1 y2 - y1
Equation of AOB is So equation of OM with slope m and point O(0,0) on it, is given by
y1 ( x1 - x2 )
y= x (2) y-0= ( x - 0) (point - slope form)
x1 ( y2 - y1 )
x -x
Substituting the value of y from (2) into (1), we have or y = 1 2 x (1)
y2 - y1
18 19
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
(1) is the equation of the perpendicular OM from centre to the chord. We will show that it Theorem 3:
bisects the chord i.e., intersection of OM and AB is the midpoint of AB. The perpendicular bisector of any chord of a circle passes through the centre of the
Equation of AB is circle.
x +x y1 + y2 -( x2 - x1 ) x1 + x2
or x= 1 2 0- = 0 -
2 2 ( y2 - y1 ) 2
x +x
x = 1 2 into (1) , we get
y + y2
- 1
( x1 + x2 )
Putting
2
or ( y2 - y1 ) = ( x2 - x1 )
2 2
2 2
( x1 - x2 ) ( x1 + x2 ) x1 - x2 or
2 2 2 2 2 2
- ( y2 - y1 ) = x2 - x1 or x1 + y1 = x2 + y2
2 2
y == .
y2 - y1 2 2( y2 - y1 ) or a2 = a2 which is true
2 2
x12 + y12 = a 2 Hence the perpendicular bisector of any chord passes through the centre of the circle.
y -y ( y - y )( y + y1 ) 2
or y= 2 1
= 2 1 2 2
x2 + y2 = a
2
2( y2 - y1 ) 2( y2 - y1 )
2 2 2 2 Theorem 4:
y + y2 ⇒ x1 - x2 = y1 - y2 The line joining the centre of a circle to the midpoint of a chord is perpendicular to the
or y= 1
2 chord.
x1 + x2 y1 + y2
So, , is the point of intersection of OM and AB which is the midpoint of AB.
2 2 Proof: Let A(x1 , y1) , B(x2 , y2) be the end points of any chord the circle x2 + y2 = a2. O(0, 0)
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
20 21
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
x + x y + y2
2 2 2 2 2 2
is centre of the circle and M 1 2 , 1 y + y2 x +x y + y2 + x1 + x2 + 2 x1 x2 + 2 y1 y2
is the midpoint of
2
∴ OM = 1 - 0 + 1 2 - 0 = 1
2 2 2 2 4
AB. Join the centre O with the mid point M. We need to show 2 2 2 2
( x + y1 ) + ( x2 + y2 ) + 2 x1 x2 + 2 y1 y2
that OM is perpendicular to AB i.e., product of slopes of AB and = 1
4
OM is -1. 2 2
a + a + 2 x1 x2 + 2 y1 y2
= ( A and B lie on the circle.)
y2 + y1 4
y2 - y1 -0 y2 + y1
2
2= 2 2a + 2 x1 x2 + 2 y1 y2
Slope of AB = m1 = = OM
; Slope of = m2 OM =
x2 - x1 x2 + x1 x2 + x1 4
-0
2 2
a + x1 x2 + y1 y2
= (1)
2 2 2
y - y1 y2 + y1 y2 - y1
∴ m1m2 = 2 . = (1) 2
2
a + x3 x4 + y3 y4
x2 - x1 x2 + x1 x22 - x12 Similarly ON = (2)
2
As A and B lie on the circle, so We know that AB = CD
2 2
( chords are congruent)
2 2 2 2 2 2
x1 + y1 = a and x2 + y2 = a 2 2
or ( x2 - x1 ) + ( y2 - y1 ) = ( x4 - x3 ) + ( y4 - y3 )
2 2
22 23
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
2 2
y - y2
q + q1 q - q1 m1m2 = 12
a (sin q - sin q1 ) 2cos sin 2
x1 - x2 (1)
m1 ==slope of
= AP 2 2
a ( cosq - cosq1 ) -2sin
q + q1 q - q1
sin Since A( x1 , y1 ) and P( x2 , y2 ) lie on the circle, we have
2 2
x1 + y1 = a ⇒ x1 = a - y1
2 2 2 2 2 2
q + q1 p q + q1 (2)
= cot + - tan = 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 x2 + y2 = a ⇒ x2 = a - y2
Similarly, (by symmetry)
Substituting the values of x1 and x2 from (2) into (1), we get
2 2
p q + q2
m2 = slope=of BP + tan y1 - y2
2 2
y1 - y2
2 2
2 2 m1m2 = 2 2 2 2
= 2 2
=-1
(a - y1 ) - (a - y2 ) -( y1 - y2 )
p q + q2 p q + q1
tan + - tan + Thus AP ⊥ BP and so m∠APB = 90
m2 - m1 2 2 2 2
tan ∠APB = =
1 + m1m2 p q + q1 p q + q2
1 + tan + .tan +
2 2 2 2
Theorem 8: The tangent to a circle at any point of the circle is perpendicular to the
p q + q 2 p q + q1 q 2 - q1
= tan + - - = tan radial segment at that point.
2 2 2 2 2
1
Hence m∠APB = (q 2 - q1 )
2 Proof: Let PT be the tangent to the circle x2 + y2 = a2 at any point P(x1 , y1) lying on it.
We have to show that the radial segment OP ⊥ PT.
Theorem 7: An angle in a semi-circle is a right angle. Diferentiating x2 + y2 = a2, we have
dy dy x
Proof: Let x2 + y2 = a2 be a circle, with centre O. Let AOB be any diameter of the circle and 2 x + 2 y. = 0 ⇒- =
dx dx y
P(x2 , y2) be any point on the circle.
dy -x
We have to show that m∠APB= 900. Slope of the tangent at P = = 1
dx P y1
Suppose the coordinates of A are (x1 , y1).
y1 - 0 y1
Then B has coordinates Slope of OP = =
x1 - 0 x1
(-x1 , -y1). (Theorem 1)
- x1 y1
Product of slopes of OP and PT = . = -1
y1 - y2 y1 x1
Slope of AP = = m1 , say
x1 - x2 Thus OP ⊥ PT.
y1 + y2
Slope of BP = = m2 , say Challenge!
x1 + x2
State and prove the
converse of this Theorem.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
24 25
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
Theorem 9: The perpendicular at the outer end of a radial segment is tangent to the
Suppose PM denotes the distance of a point P(x, y) from the line L. The set of all points
circle.
P in the plane such that
PF
Proof: Let PT be the perpendicular to the outer end of the radial segment OP of the circle = e. (a positive constant)
PM
x2 + y2 = a2. We have to show that PT is tangent to the circle at P. Suppose the coordinates of
is called a conic section.
P are (x1 , y1).
(i) If e = 1, then the conic is a parabola.
Since PT is perpendicular to OP so
(ii) If 0 < e < 1, then the conic is an ellipse.
-1 -1 - x1
Slope of PT = = = (iii) If e > 1, then the conic is a hyperbola.
slope of OP y1 y1
x1 The ixed line L is called a directrix and the ixed point F is called a focus of the conic.
-x The number e is called the eccentricity of the conic.
Equation of PT is y - y1 = 1 ( x - x1 )
y1
2
or yy1 - y = - xx1 + x1
2 6.4 PARABOLA
2 2 2
or yy1 + xx1 = y1 + x1 = a ( P lies on the circle)
2
We have already stated that a conic section is a parabola if e = 1.
or yy1 + xx1 - a = 0
We shall irst derive an equation of a parabola in the standard form and study its
Distance of PT from O (centre of the circle)
important properties.
2 2
y1 (0) + x1 (0) - a a a
2
If we take the focus of the parabola as F (a, 0), a > 0 and its directrix as line L whose
= = = = a (radius of the circle)
2
x +y
2
a
2 a equation is x = -a, then its equation becomes very simple.
Let P(x, y) be a point on the parabola. So, by deinition
Thus PT is tangent to the circle at P(x1 , y1).
PF
==1. or PF PM
EXERCISE 6.3 PM
1. Prove that normal lines of a circle pass through the centre of the circle. Now PM = x + a (1)
2. Prove that the straight line drawn from the centre of a circle perpendicular to a
tangent passes through the point of tangency. 2
and PF = ( x - a ) + ( y - 0)
2
3. Prove that the mid point of the hypotenuse of a right triangle is the circumcentre of Substituting into (1), we get
the triangle. 2 2
( x - a) + y = x + a
4. Prove that the perpendicular dropped from a point of a circle on a diameter is a mean
or 2 2
( x - a) + y = ( x + a)
2
proportional between the segments into which it divides the diameter.
or (2)
2 2 2 2
y = ( x + a ) - ( x - a ) = 4ax or y = 4ax
In the following pages we shall study the remaining three conics. which is standard equation of the parabola.
Let L be a ixed line in a plane and F be a ixed point not on the line L.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
26 27
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
Deinitions with either a = 0 or b = 0 but not both zero, represents a parabola. The equation can be
(i) The line through the focus and perpendicular to the directrix is called axis of the analyzed by completing the square.
parabola. In case of (2), the axis is y = 0.
(ii) The point where the axis meets the parabola is called vertex of the parabola. Clearly 6.4.2 Other Standard parabolas
the equation (2) has vertex A(0,0). The line through A and perpendicular to the axis
of the parabola has equation x = 0. It meets the parabola at coincident points and so There are other choices for the focus and directrix which also give standard equations
it is a tangent to the curve at A. of parabolas.
(iii) A line joining two distinct points on a parabola is called a chord of the parabola. (i) If the focus lies on the y-axis with coordinates F(0,a) and directrix of the parabola is
A chord passing through the focus of a parabola is called a focal chord of the y = -a, then equation of the parabola is
parabola. The focal chord perpendicular to the axis of the parabola (1) is called x2 = 4ay (3)
latusrectum of the parabola. It has an equation x = a and it intersects the curve at The equation can be derived by diinition.
the points where (ii) If the focus is F(0, -a) and directrix is the line y = a, then equation of the parabola is
2
y = 4a
2
or y = ± 2a x2 = -4ay (4)
Thus coordinates of the end points L and L’ of the latusrectum are Opening of the parabola is upward in case of (3) and downward in case of (4). Both the
L ( a, 2a ) and L′(a, -2a ). curves are symmetric with respect to the y-axis.
The length of the latusrectum is LL′ = 4a. The graphs of (3) and (4) are shown below.
(iv) The point (at2 , 2at) lies on the parabola y2 = 4ax for any real t.
x = at2 , y = 2at
are called parametric equations of the parabola y2 = 4ax.
Let F(h,k) be the focus and the line lx + my + n = 0 be the directrix of a parabola. An
equation of the parabola can be derived by the deinition of the parabola . Let P(x , y) be a
point on the parabola. Length of the perpendicular PM from P(x , y) to the directix is given by; (iii) If the focus of the parabola is F(-a, 0), and its directrix is the line x = a, then equation
of the parabola is
lx + my + n y2 = -4ax
PM =
2 2
l +m
The curve is symmetric with respect to the x-axis
( lx + my + n )
2
2 2
By definition, (x - h) + (y - k ) = 2 2 and lies in the second and third quadrants only. Opening of
l +m
the parabola is to the left as shown in the igure
is an equation of the required parabola.
A second degree equation of the form
ax2 + by2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
28 29
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
Sr.No. 1 2 3 4 2 2
By deinition, PF ==PM or PF PM
Equation y = 4ax
2
y =-4ax
2
x = 4ay
2
x = -4ay
2
30 31
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
or x - 2 = 0, y - 3 = 0 = x + 2a = 100,000,000
i.e., x = 2, y = 3 are coordinates of the vertex of (1). The comet is closest to the sun when it is at A.
Equation of the directrix of (3) is Now x = PS cos 600
-3 -3 9 PS x + 2a
Y= i.e. y - 3 = or y = is an equation of the directrix of (1). x= =
4 4 4 2 2
Magnitude of the latusrectum of the parabola (3) and also of (1) is 3. x + 2a 2 x + 2a
or = or 2= ,( x =2-
a 2=a )
The graph of (1) can easily be sketched and is as shown in the above igure. x 1 2a
100,000,000
Theorem: The point of a parabola which is closest to the focus is the vertex of the or =2
2a
parabola. or a = 25,000,000
Proof: Let the parabola be Thus the comet is closest to the sun when it is 25,000,000 km from the sun.
x2 = 4ay , a > 0
with focus at F(0, a) and P(x, y) be any point on the Relecting Property of the parabola.
parabola. A frequently used property of a parabola is its relecting property. If a light source is
2 2 placed at the focus of a parabolic relecting surface then a light ray travelling from F to a point
PF = x + ( y - a)
P on the parabola will be relected in the direction PR parallel to the axis of the parabola.
2
= 4ay + ( y - a ) The designs of searchlights, relecting telescopes and microwave antenas are based
= y+a on relecting property of the parabola.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
32 33
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
9. Show that tangent at any point P of a parabola makes equal angles with the line
1. Find the focus, vertex and directrix of the parabola. Sketch its graph.
PF and the line through P parallel to the axis of the parabola, F being focus.
(i) y2 = 8x (ii) x2 = -16y (iii) x2 = 5y
(These angles are called respectively angle of incidence and angle of relection).
(iv) y2 = -12x (v) x2 = 4 (y - 1) (vi) y2 = -8(x - 3)
(vii) (x - 1)2 = 8(y + 2) (viii) y = 6x2 - 1
(ix) x + 8 - y2 + 2y = 0 (x) x2 - 4x - 8y + 4 = 0
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
34 35
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
Let 0 < e < 1 and F be a ixed point and L be a ixed line not containing F. Let P(x, y) be or 2
+ 2 2
=1 (1)
a a (1 - e )
a point in the plane and PM be the perpendicular distance of P from L. If we write b2 = a2 (1 - e2), then (1) takes the form
The set of all points P such that
2 2
x y
+ 2 =1 (2)
PF a
2
b
=e
PM
which is an equation of the ellipse in the standard form.
is called an ellipse.
The number e is eccentricity of the ellipse, F a focus and L a directrix. c
Moreover, eccertricity of the ellipse is e = .
a
We have b2 = a2 (1 - e2)
6.5.1 Standard Form of an Ellipse (i) From the relation b2 = a2 (1 - e2), we note that b < a
c
(ii) Since we set = a , the focus F has coordinates (-ae, 0) and equation of the
-c e
Let F(-c, 0) be the focus and line x = 2
be the directix of an ellipse with eccentricity e,
e -a
directrix is x = .
(0 < e < 1). Let P(x, y) be any point on the ellipse and suppose that PM is the perpendicular e
distance of P from the directrix. Then
a
(iii) If we take the point (ae, 0) as focus and the line x = as directrix, it can be
c e
PM = x + 2 seen easily that we again obtain equation (2). Thus the ellipse (2) has two foci
e
The condition PF = e PM takes the analytic form a
(-ae, 0) and (ae, 0) and two directrices x = ± .
e
(iv) The point (acosq, bsinq) lies on (2) for all real q. x = acosq, y = bsinq are
2 called parametric equations of the ellipse (2).
2 2 2 c
( x + c) + y = e x + 2 (v) If in (2), b = a then it becomes
e
x 2 + y2 = a2
which is a circle. In this case b2 = a2(1 - e2) = a2 and so e = 0. Thus circle is a special case
of an ellipse with eccenctricty 0 and foci tending to the centre.
Deinitions: Let F ’ and F be two foci of the ellipse
2 2
2 2 2 2c 2 2 2 2 c 2
or x + 2cx + c + y = e x + 2cx + 2 or - e +)
x (1 y= 2 (1
- e ) x
2
y
2
e e 2
+ 2 =1 (1)
a b
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
36 37
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
x2 y 2
+ =1
a 2 b2
Since only even powers of both x and y occur in (1), the curve is symmetric with respect
to both the axes.
From (1), we note that
x2 y2
≤ 1 and 2 ≤ 1
(i) The midpoint C of FF ’ is called the centre of the ellipse. In case of (1) coordinates of a2 b
C are (0,0). i.e., x ≤ a and y 2 ≤ b 2
2 2
(ii) The intersection of (1) with the line joining the foci are obtained by setting y = 0 or -a ≤ x ≤ a and -b≤ y ≤b
into (1). These are the points A’(-a, 0) and A(a, 0). The points A and A’ are called Thus all points of the ellipse lie on or within the rectangle (2). The curve meets the
vertices of the ellipse. x-axis at A(-a, 0) and A’ (a, 0) and it meets the y-axis at B(0,-b), B’ (0, b). The graph of the ellipse
(iii) The line segment AA’ = 2a is called the major axis of the ellipse. The line through can easily be drawn as shown in the following igure.
the centre of (1) and perpendicular to themajor axis has its equation as x = 0. It
meets (1) at points B’ (0, b) and B (0,-b). The line segment BB’=2b is called the
minor axis of the ellipse and B’, B are some-times called thecovertices of the
ellipse. Since b2 = a2(1 - e2) and e < 1, the length of the major axis is greater than
the length of the minor axis. (See igure)
(iv) Foci of an ellipse always lie on the major axis.
(v) Each of the focal chords LFL‘ and NF'N' perpendicular to the major axis of an
ellipse is called a latusrectum of the ellipse. Thus there are two laterarecta of an
2
2b
ellipse. It is an easy exercise to ind that length of each latusrectum is
a
{See problem 5}.
(vi) If the foci lie on the y-axis with coordinates (0,-ae) and (0,ae), then equation of the The graph of the ellipse
ellipse is
2 2 x2 y 2
x y + = 1, a > b
2
+ 2 = 1. a > b. b2 a 2
b a
can be sketched as in the case of (1). Its shape is shown in above igure (ii).
The reader is urged to derive this equation.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
38 39
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
Summary of standard Ellipses Example 1. Find an equation of the ellipse having centre at (0,0), focus at (0,-3) and one
vertex at (0,4). Sketch its graph.
x2 y 2 x2 y 2
Equation + = 1, a > b + = 1, a > b
a 2 b2 b2 a 2 Solution. The second vertex has coordinates (0, -4).
c2 = a2 - b2 c2 = a2 - b2 Length of the semi-major axis is
Foci (±c, 0) (0, ±c) a=4
x=±
c
y=±
c Also c=3
Directrices
e2 e2 From b2 = a2 - c2, we have
Major axis y=0 x=0 b2 = 16 - 9 = 7
Vertices (±a, 0) (0, ±a) b = 7 which is length of
Convertices (0, ±b) (±b, 0) the semi-minor axis.
Centre (0, 0) (0, 0) Since the foci lie on the y-axis;
c c equation of the ellipse is
Eccentricity e= <1 e= <1
a a
y 2 x2
+ =1
16 7
The graph is as shown above.
x2 y 2
+ =1
9 4
which is standard form of an ellipse.
Semi-major axis a = 3
Semi-minor axis b = 2
Note: In each ellipse
From b2 = a2 - c2 , we have
Length of major axis = 2a, Length of minor axis = 2b
c2 = b2 - a2 = 9 - 4 = 5
2b 2 or c=± 5
Length of Latusrectum = , Foci lie on the major axis
a Foci: F (- 5,0), F ′( 5,0); Vertices: A(-3,0), A′(3,0)
40 41
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
Solution: We complete the squares in (1) and it becomes Example 4. An arch in the form of half an ellipse is 40 m wide and 15 m high at the
(9x2 - 18x + 9) + (4y2 + 8y + 4) - 36 = 0 centre. Find the height of the arch at a distance of 10 m from its centre.
or 9(x - 1)2 + 4(y + l)2 = 36
Solution: Let the x-axis be along the base of the arch and the y-axis pass through its centre.
( x - 1) 2 ( y + 1) 2
or + =1 (2) An equation of the ellipse representing the arch is
4 9
If we set x - 1 = X, y + 1 = Y into (2), it becomes x2 y2
+ =1 (1)
202 152
X2 Y2
+ =1 (3) Let the height of an arch at a distance of 10 m from the centre be y. Then the points
22 32
(10, y) lies on (1)
which is an ellipse with major axis along X = 0 i.e., along the line, x - l = 0 For x = 10, we have
(i.e. a line parallel to the y-axis)
Semi-major axis = 3, Semi-minor axis = 2 2
y2 1 3
= 1 - = ,
152 4 2
c = 9 - 4 = 5 , Eccentricity = . 15 3
Centre of (2) is X = 0, Y = 0 so that y =
2
or x - 1, y = -1 i.e., (1, -1) is centre of (1) 15 3
The foci of (2) are Required height = m.
2
X = 0, Y = ± 5
i.e., x - 1 = 0, y + 1 = ± 5
i.e., (1, -1 + 5) and (1, - 1 - 5) are foci of (1).
42 43
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
EXERCISE 6.5 6. The major axis of an ellipse in standard form lies along the x-axis and has length
4 2 . The distance between the foci equals the length of the minor axis. Write an
1. Find an equation of the ellipse with given data and sketch its graph: equation of the ellipse.
(i) Foci (±3,0) and minor axis of length 10 7. An astroid has elliptic orbit with the sun at one focus. Its distance from the sun
(ii) Foci (0,-1) and (0,-5) and major axis of length 6. ranges from 17 million miles to 183 million miles. Write an equation of the orbit
(iii) Foci (-3 3,0) and vertices (±6,0) of the astroid.
(iv) Vertices (-1,1), (5,1); foci (4,1) and (0,1) 8. An arch in the shape of a semi-ellipse is 90m wide at the base and 30m high at the
centre. At what distance from the centre is the arch 20 2 m high?
3 9. The moon orbits the earth in an elliptic path with earth at one focus. The major and
(v) Foci (± 5,0) and passing through the point , 3
2 minor axes of the orbit are 768,806 km and 767,746 km respectively. Find the
3 greatest and least distances (in Astronomy called the apogee and perigee
(vi) Vertices (0, ±5), eccentricity .
5 respectively) of the moon from the earth.
(vii) Centre (0,0), focus (0, -3), vertex (0,4)
(viii) Centre (2, 2), major axis parallel to y-axis and of length 8 units, minor axis
6.6 HYPERBOLA AND ITS ELEMENTS
parallel to x-axis and of length 6 units.
(ix) Centre (0, 0), symmetric with respect to both the axes and passing through
We have already stated that a conic section is a hyperbola if e > 1. Let e > 1 and F be
the points (2, 3) and (6, 1).
a ixed point and L be a line not containing F. Also let P(x, y) be a point in the plane and
(x) Centre (0, 0), major axis horizontal, the points (3, 1), (4, 0) lie on the graph.
PM be the perpendicular distance of P from L.
2. Find the centre, foci, eccentricity, vertices and directrices of the
The set of all points P(x, y) such that
ellipse, whose equation is given:
(i) x2 + 4y2 = 16 (ii) 9x2 + y2 = 18 PF
= e >1 (1)
(2 x - 1)2
( y + 2)
2 PM
(iii) 25x2 + 9y2 = 225 (iv) + =1
4 16 is called a hyperbola.
(v) x2 + 16x + 4y2 - 16y + 76 = 0 F and L are respectively focus and directrix of the hyperbola e is the eccentricity.
(vi) 25x2 + 4y2 - 250x - 16y + 541 = 0
3. Let a be a positive number and 0 < c < a. Let F(-c, 0) and F ’(c, 0) be two given points. 6.6.1 Standard Equation of Hyperbola
Prove that the locus of points P(x, y) such that
c
PF + PF ′ = 2a , is an ellipse. Let F(c, 0) be the focus with c > 0 and x = be the directrix of the hyperbola.
e2
4. Use problem 3 to ind equation of the ellipse as locus of points P(x, y) such that the
Also let P(x, y) be a point on the hyperbola, then by deinition
sum of the distances from P to the points (0, 0) and (1, 1) is 2.
5. Prove that the lactusrectum of the ellipse. PF
=e
PM
x2 y 2 2b 2
+ = 1 is
a 2 b2 a
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
44 45
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
meets the x-axis at points with y = 0 and x = ±a. The points A(-a, 0 and A’(a, 0) are called
c
2
c2 vertices of the hyperbola. The line segament AA’ = 2a is called the transverse (or focal)
i.e. (x - c) + y = e x - 2
2 2 2
or x-2 2cx
+ c+2 y=2 e2 x-2 2cx
+
e e2 axis of the hyperbola (3). The equation (3) does not meet the y-axis in real points. However
1 c2 2 the line segment joining the points B(0, -b) and B’(0, b) is called the conjugate axis of
or x (e - 1) - y = c 1 - 2 = 2 (e - 1)
2 2 2 2
(2) the hyperbola. The midpoint (0,0) of AA’ is called the centre of the hyperbola.
e e
In case of hyperbola (3), we have
c
Let us set a = , so that (2) becomes c
e b2 = a2(e2 - 1) = c2 - a2. The eccentricity e =
>1
a
x2 y2 so that, unlike the ellipse, we may have b > a or b < a or b = a
x (e - 1) - y - a (e - 1) = 0 -
2 2 2 2 2
or = 1
a 2 a 2 (e 2 - 1)
x2 y 2
x2 y 2 (ii) The point (a sec q, b tan q) lies on the hyperbola 2 - 2 = 1 for all real values of q.
or - =1 (3) a b
a 2 b2 The equations x = a sec q, y = b tan q are called parametric equations of the hyperbola.
where b2 = a2(e2 - 1) = c2 - a2 a c = ae
(3) is standard equation of the hyperbola. b 2
(iii) Since y = ± x - a 2 , when | x | ,so that x 2 a-2 x 2 we have
→,
a
It is clear that the curve is symmetric with respect to both the axes.
If we take the point (-c, 0) as focus b x2 y 2
y±= x i.e. - =0 (2)
a a 2 b2
-c
and the line x = as directrix, then it The lines (2) do not meet the curve but distance of any point on the curve from any of
e2
is easy to see that the set of all points the two lines approaches zero. Such lines are called asymptotes of a curve. Joint equation
P(x, y) such that of the asymptotes of (3) is obtained by writing 0 instead of 1 on the right hand side of the
PF = e PM standard form (3). Asymptotes are very helpful in graphing a hyperbola.
is hyperbola with (3) as its equation. The ellipse and hyperbola are called central conics because each has a centre of
Thus a hyperbola has two foci and two symmetry.
directrices.
If the foci lie on the y-axis, then roles of x and y are interchanged in (3) and the equation 6.6.2 Graph of the hyperbola
of the hyperbola becomes x2 y 2
- =1 (1)
y 2 x2 a 2 b2
- = 1.
a 2 b2 The curve is symmetric with respect to both the axes. We rewrite (1) as
46 47
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
If x < a , then y is imaginary so that no portion of the curve lies between -a < x < a. For Centre (0, 0) (0, 0)
b 2 b
x ≥ a, y = x - a2 ≤ x
a a
b Graph
so that points on the curve lie below the corresponding points on the line y = x in
a
irst quadrant.
b 2 -b
y-= -x a≥2 x if ≥x a
a a
-b Example 1. Find an equation of the hyperbola whose foci are (±4, 0) and vertices (±2, 0).
and in this case the points on the curve lie above the line y = x in fourth quadrant.
a Sketch its graph.
If x 7 a, then by similar arguments,
48 49
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
y 2 x2 c
- =1 (1) Eccentricity e = = 5
16 49 a
Also sketch its graph.
Foci of (3) are: ±X = =5 , Y 0
Solution. The transverse axis of (1) lies along the y-axis. Coordinates of the vertices are i.e., x =1 5 and ±y 1 = -
(0,±4). i.e., (1 + 5, -1) and (1 - 5, -1)
Here a = 4, b = 7 so that from c2 = a2 + b2, we get are foci of (1).
c2 = 16 + 49 or c = 65
Foci are: (0, ± 65)
Ends of the conjugate axis are (±7, 0)
c 5 1
Equations of the directrices of (3) are: X = ± 2
=± =±
c 65 e 5 5
Eccentricity = =
a 4 1 1 1
x = ±7, y = ±4 or x -1 = ± or x =1+ and x =1-
5 5 5
The graph of the curve is as shown. The sketch of the curve is as shown.
Example 4. Discuss and sketch the graph of the equation EXERCISE 6.6
4x2 - 8x - y2 - 2y - 1 = 0 (1)
1. Find an equation of the hyperbola with the given data. Sketch the graph of each.
Solution: Completing the squares in x and y in the given equation, we have (i) Centre (0, 0), focus (6, 0), vertex (4, 0)
4(x2 - 2x +1) - (y2 + 2y +1) = 4 (ii) Foci (±5, 0), vertex (3, 0)
or 4(x - 1)2 - (y + 1)2 = 4
(iii) Foci (2 ± 5 2, -7) , length of the transverse axis 10.
( x - 1) 2 (y + 1) 2 (iv) Foci (0, ±6), e = 2.
or - =1 (2)
12 22 (v) Foci (0, ±9), directrices y = ±4
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
50 51
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
(vi) Centre (2, 2), horizontal transverse axis of length 6 and eccentricity e = 2 conic at some point on the conic, we shall irst ind the slope of the tangent at the given
(vii) Vertices (2, ±3), (0, 5) lies on the curve.
dy
(viii) Foci (5, -2), (5,4) and one vertex (5, 3) point by calculating from the equation of the conic at that point and then using the
dx
2. Find the centre, foci, eccentricity, vertices and equations of directrices of each of point - slope form of a line, it will be quite simple to write an equation of the tangent.
the following: Since the normal to a curve at a point on the curve is perpendicular to the tangent through
x2 y 2 the point of tangency, its equation can be easily written.
(i) x -y =9
2 2
(ii) - =1
4 9
y 2 x2 Example 1. Find equations of the tangent and normal to
y2
(iii) - =1 (iv) - x2 = 1 (i) y2 = 4ax (1)
16 9 4
( x - 1) 2 ( y - 1) 2 ( y + 2) 2 ( x - 2) 2 x2 y 2
(v) - =1 (vi) - =1 (ii) + =1 (2)
2 9 9 16 a 2 b2
(vii) 9 x 2 - 12 x - y 2 - 2 y + 2 = 0 (viii) 4 y 2 + 12 y - x 2 + 4 x + 1 = 0 x2 y 2
(iii) - =1 (3)
(ix) x 2 - y 2 + 8 x - 2 y - 10 = 0 (x) 9 x 2 - y 2 - 36 x - 6 y + 18 = 0 a 2 b2
3. Let 0 < a < c and F ’ (-c, 0), F(c, 0) be two ixed points. Show that the set of points at the point (x1, y1).
P(x, y) such that
x2 y2 Solution: (i). Diferentiating (1) w.r.t. x, we get
± ′ = 2a, is the hyperbola
PF - PF - =1
a2 c2 - a2 dy dy
(F, F ’ are foci of the hyperbola) 2y ==4a or 2a
dx dx
4. Using Problem 3, ind an equation of the hyperbola with foci (-5, -5) and (5, 5),
dy 2a
vertices (-3 2, -3 2) and (3 2,3 2) . = Slope of the tangent at (x1, y1)
dx ( x1 , y1 ) y1
5. For any point on a hyperbola the diference of its distances from the points (2, 2) and
(10, 2) is 6. Find an equation of the hyperbola. Equation of the tangent to (1) at (x1, y1) is
6. Two listening posts hear the sound of an enemy gun. The diference in time is one 2a
second. If the listening posts are 1400 feet apart, write an equation of the hyperbola y - y1 = ( x - x1 ) or yy1 - y12 = 2ax - 2ax1 or yy1 - 2ax = y12 - 2ax1
y1
passing through the position of the enemy gum. (Sound travels at 1080 ft/sec).
Adding -2ax, to both sides of the above equation, we obtain
yy1 = 2a ( x + x1 ) = y12 - 4ax1
6.7 TANGENTS AND NORMALS
Since ( x1 , y1 ) lies on y 2 = 4ax, so y12 - 4ax1 = 0
Thus equation of the required tangent is
We have already seen in the geometrical interpretation of the derivative
yy1 = 2a(x + x1).
dy
of a curve y = f(x) or f(x, y) = 0 that represents the slope of the tangent line to - y1
dx Slope of the normal = (negative reciprocal of slope of the tangent)
the curve at the point (x, y). In order to ind an equation of the tangent to a given 2a
52 53
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
a 2 x b2 y 2 2
- = a 2 - b 2 , as an equation of the normal. Example 2. Write equations of the tangent and normal to the conic x + y = 1 at the
x1 y1 8 9
(iii) Proceeding as in (ii), it is easy to see that equations of the tangent and normal point 8 ,1 .
to (3) at (x1, y1) are 3
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
54 55
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
Solution: The given equation is ordinates of the points of intersection. Thus the line (1) cuts the parabola (2) in two points.
9x2 +8y2 - 72 = 0 (1) In order that (1) is a tangent to (2), the points of intersection of a line and the parabola must
Diferentiating (1) w.r.t. x, we have be conicident. In this case, the roots of (3) should be real and equal.
This means that the discriminant of (3) is zero. Thus
8 4(mc - 2a)2 - 4m2c2 = 0 i.e., -4mca + 4a2 = 0
This is slope of the tangent to (1) at ,1 .
3
Equation of the tangent at this point is a
or c= , is. the required condition for (1) to be a tangent to (2). Hence
m
8
y - 1 = -3 . x - = -3 x + 8 or 3x + y - 9 = 0 . a
3 y = mx + , is a tangent to y2 = 4ax for all nonzero values of m.
m
(ii) To determine the points of intersection of
8 1
y = mx + c (1)
The normal at ,1 has the slope .
3 3
x2 y 2
Equation of the normal is and + =1 (2)
a 2 b2
1 8 8 we solve (1) and (2) simultaneously. Putting the value of y from
y - 1 = x - or 3y - 3 = x - or 3 x - 9 y + 1 = 0 (1) into (2), we have
3 3 3
x 2 (mx + c) 2
+ =1
Theorem: To show that a straight line cuts a conic, in general, in two points and to ind the a2 b2
condition that the line be a tangent to the conic. or (a2m2 + b2)x2 + 2mca2 x + a2c2 - a2b2 = 0 (3)
Let a line y = mx + c cut the conics which is a quardratic in x and it gives the abscissas of the two points where (1) and (2)
intersect. The corresponding values of y are obtained by setting the values of x
x2 y 2 x2 y 2 obtained from (3) into (1). Thus (1) and (2) intersect in two points. Now (1) is a
(i) y = 4ax (ii) + =1 (iii) - =1
a 2 b2 a 2 b2 tangent to (2) if the point of intersection is a single point.
We shall discuss each case separately. This requires (3) to have equal roots. Hence (1) is a tangent to (2) if
(i) The points of intersection of (2mca2)2 - 4(a2m2 + b2)(a2c2 - a2b2) = 0
y = mx + c (1) i.e., m2c2a2 - (a2m2 + b2)(c2 - b2) = 0
and y2 = 4ax (2) or m2c2a2 - a2m2c2 + a2m2b2 - b2c2 + b4 = 0
are obtained by solving (1) and (2) simultaneously for x and y. Inserting the value of or c2 = a2m2 + b2
y from (1) into (2), we get or ± c = +a 2 m 2 b 2
(mx + c)2 = 4ax Putting the value of c into (1), we have
or m2x2 + (2mc - 4a)x + c2 = 0 (3)
y =±mx a 2+m 2 b2
which being a quadratic in x gives two values of x. These values are the x coordinates of
the common points of (1) and (2). Setting these values in (1), we obtain the corresponding which are tangents to (2) for all non-zero values of m.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
56 57
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
(iii) We replace b2 by -b2 in (ii) and the line y = mx + c is a tangent to Example 5. Find equations of the tangents to the ellipse
x2 y 2 x2 y 2
- = 1 if± c = -a m
2 2
b 2
+ =1 (1)
a 2 b2 128 18
which are parallel to the line 3x + 8y + 1 = 0. Also ind the points of contact.
x2 y 2
Thus y =±mx a -m
2 2
b 2
are tangents to the hyperbola: 2 - 2 = 1 for all non-zero
a b -3
values of m. Solution: The slope of the required tangents is . Equations of the tangents are
8
2
Example 4. Find an equation of the tangent to the parabola y2 = -6x which is parallel -3 3 -3
y= x ± 128. - + 18 = x±6
to the line 2x + y + 1 = 0. Also ind the point of tangency. 8 8 8
Thus the two tangents are
Solution: Slope of the required tangent is m = -2 3x + 8y + 48 = 0 (2)
In the parabola y2 = -6x (1) and 3x + 8y - 48 = 0 (3)
We solve (1) and (3) simultaneously to ind the point of contact. Inserting the value of
-6 -3
a= = y from (3) into (1), we get
4 2
Equation of the tangent is 2
-3 9 2 9
2 x + 6 x + 36 - x
a 3 x 8 x2 64 2 =1
y = mx + = -2 x + + = 1 or +
m 4 128 18 128 18
i.e., 8x + 4y - 3 = 0 (2) x2 x2 x x2 x
or + + 2 - = 1 - or+ = 1 0
128 128 4 64 4
-8 x + 3
Inserting the value of y from (2) viz y = into (1), we have x
2
-3
4 or - 1 = 0 i.e., x = 8 + so
and = x 6 3
8 8
Thus (8, 3) is the point of tangency of (3).
2
-8 x + 3
= -6 x It can be seen in a similar manner that point of contact of (2) is (-8, -3).
4
or 64x - 48x + 9 = -96x
2
or 64x2 +48x + 9 = 0
Example 6. Show that the product of the distances from the foci to any tangent to the
-3
or (8x + 3)2 = 0 i.e., x= hyperbola
8
Putting this value of x into (2), we get
x2 y 2
- =1 (1)
-3 a 2 b2
-8 + 3
3 is constant.
y ==
8
4 2
-3 3 Solution: The line
The point of tangency is , .
8 2 y =+mx a 2-m 2 b 2 (2)
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
58 59
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
60 61
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
But (-2,5) does not satisfy (2). 2. Write equation of the tangent to the given conic at the indicated point
Thus (0,1) and (2,5) are the points of (i) 3x2 = -16y at the points whose ordinate is -3.
intersections of (1) and (2). y = 1 + x2 is a parabola (ii) 3x2 - 7y2 = 20 at the points where y = -1.
with vertex at (0,1) and opening upward, (iii) 3x2 - 7y2 + 2x - y - 48 = 0 at the point where x = 4.
y = 1 + 4x - x2 may be written as y - 5 = -(x - 2)2 which 3. Find equations of the tangents to each of the following through the given point:
is a parabola with vertex. (2,5) and opening downward (i) x2 + y2 = 25 through (7 ,-1)
(ii) y2 = 12x through (1, 4)
(iii) x2 - 2y2 = 2 through (1, -2)
Example 9. Find equations of the common tangents to the two conics 4. Find equations of the normals to the parabola y2 = 8x which are parallel to the line
2x + 3y = 10.
x2 y 2 x2 y2
+ = 1 + and
= 1
16 25 25 9 x2
5. Find equations of the tangents to the ellipse + y 2 = 1 which are parallel to the line
4
Solution. The tangents with slope m, to the two conics are respectively given by 2x - 4y + 5 = 0.
6. Find equations of the tangents to the conic 9x2 - 4y2 = 36 parallel to 5x - 2y + 7 = 0.
y =±mx 16+m 2 25 and y =±mx 25+m 2 9
7. Find equations of the common tangents to the given conics
For a tangent to be common, we must have
(i) x2 = 80y and x2 + y2 = 81
16m2 + 25 = 25m2 + 9
(ii) y2 =16x and x2 = 2y
4 8. Find the points of intersection of the given conics
or 9m = 16 or m=±
3
Using these values of m, equations of the four common tangents are: x2 y 2 x2 y 2
(i) + =1 and - =1
18 8 3 3
4
y± = ± x 481 (ii) x2 + y2 = 8 and x2 - y2 = 1
3 (iii) 3x2 - 4y2 = 12 and 3y2 - 2x2 = 7
(iv) 3x2 + 5y2 = 60 and 9x2 + y2 = 124
EXERCISE 6.7 (v) 4x2 + y2 = 16 and x2 + y2 + y + 8 = 0
1. Find equations of the tangent and normal to each of the following at the indicated
6.8 TRANSLATION AND ROTATION OF AXES
point:
(i) y2 = 4ax at (a t2, 2a t)
Translation of Axes
x2 y 2 In order to facilitate the investigation of properties of a curve
(ii) + =1 at (a cos q, b sin q) with a given equation, it is sometimes necessary to shift the origin
a 2 b2
x2 y 2 O(0, 0) to some other point O’ (h, k). The axes O‘X , O’Y drawn through O’ remain parallel to
(iii) - =1 at (a sec q, b tan q) the original axes Ox and Oy. The process is called translation of axes.
a 2 b2
62 63
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
64 65
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
Substituting the values of r cos a, r sin a from (1) into (2), we get Since this equation is to be free from the product term XY, the coeicient of XY
is zero, i.e. -10sinq cosq +2 3(cos 2q - sin 2q )+14sinq cosq = 0
x = X cosq - Y sin q
or 2sin 2q +2 3cos 2q = 0
y = X sin q + y cosq
-2 3
as the required equations of transformation for a rotation of axes through an angle q. or tan 2q = = tan 1200 or q = 600
2
Example 3: Find an equation of 5x2 - 6xy + 5y2 - 8 = 0 with Thus axes be rotated through an angle of 600 so that XY term is removed from
respect to new axes obtained by rotation of axes about the origin through an angle of 1350. the transformed equation.
Setting q = 600 into (1), the transformed equation is (after simpliication)
Solution. Here q = 135. Equations of transformation are 8X2 + 4Y2 - 16 = 0 or 2X2 + Y2 - 4 = 0
-X Y -1
x = X cos1350 - Y sin1350 = - = (X + Y) EXERCISE 6.8
2 2 2
X Y 1
x = X sin1350 + Y cos1350 = - = (X -Y) 1. Find an equation of each of the following with respect to new parallel axes obtained
2 2 2
Substituting these expressions for x, y into the given equation, we have by shifting the origin to the indicated point:
(i) x2 + 16y - 16 = 0, O’ (0, 1)
2 2
X +Y X +Y X -Y X -Y (ii) 4x2 + y2 + 16x - 10y + 37 = 0, O’ (2, 5)
5 - - 6 - . + 5 -8 = 0
2 2 2 2 (iii) 9x2 + 4x2 + 18x - 16y - 11 = 0, O’ (-1, 2)
(iv) x2 - y2 + 4x + 8y - 11 = 0, O’ (-2, 4)
5 2 5
or ( X + 2 XY + Y 2 ) + 3( X 2 - Y 2 ) + ( X 2 - 2 XY + Y 2 ) - 8 = 0 (v) 9x2 - 4y2 + 36x + 8y - 4 = 0, O’ (2, 1)
2 2
2. Find coordinates of the new origin (axes remaining parallel) so that irst degree
or 8X + 2Y - 8 = 0
2 2
or 4X2 + Y2 = 4
terms are removed from the transformed equation of each of the following. Also ind
is the required transformed equation.
the transformed equation:
(i) 3x2 - 2y2 + 24x + 12y + 24 = 0
Example 4: Find the angle through which the axes be rotated about the origin so that
(ii) 25x2 + 9y2 + 50x - 36y - 164 = 0
the product term XY is removed from the transformed equation of 5x 2 + 2 3 xy + 7x 2 - 16 = 0 .
(iii) x2 - y2 - 6x + 2y + 7 = 0
Also ind the transformed equation.
3. In each of the following, ind an equation referred to the new axes obtained by
rotation of axes about the origin through the given angle:
Solution. Let the axes be rotated through an angle q. Equations of transformation are
(i) xy = 1, q = 450
x = X cos q - Y sin q ; y = X sin q + Y cos q
(ii) 7x2 - 8xy + y2 - 9 = 0, q = arctan 2
Substituting into the given equation, we get
2
5(Xcosq - Ysinq ) 2 +2 3(Xcosq - Ysinq )(Xsinq +Ycosq ) (iii) 9 x 2 + 12 xy + 4 y 2 - x - y = 0, q = arctan
3
+ 7(X sin q + y cos q)2 - 16 = 0 (1)
(iv) x 2 - 2 xy + y 2 - 2 2 x - 2 2 y + 2 = 0, q = 45°
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
66 67
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
4. Find measure of the angle through which the axes be rotated so that the product we can write (1) as
term XY is removed from the transformed equation. Also ind the transformed equation:
(i) 2x2 + 6xy + 10y2 - 11 = 0 (ii) xy + 4x - 3y - 10 = 0 2 G G2 2 F F 2 G2 F 2
or A x + x + ′
- B y - ′ y + ′2 = - - C = M (say)
(iii) 5x - 6xy + 5y - 8
2 2
=0 A 4 A2 B 4 B 4 A 4 B′
2 2
G F
or A x + - B ′ y - =M
6.9 THE GENERAL EQUATION OF 2A 2 B′
SECOND DEGREE or AX 2 - B′Y 2 = M , where+X = x
G
=- , Y y
F
2A 2 B′
Standard equations of conic sections, namely circle, parabola, ellipse and hyperbola X2 Y2
have already been studied in the previous sections. Now we shall take up the general equation or - =1
( ) ( )
2 2
M A M B′
of second degree viz.
Ax2 + By2 + Gx + Fy + C = 0 (1) and this is standard equation of a hyperbola in XY-coordinates system.
The nature of the curve represented by (1) can be determined by examining the (iv) If A = 0 or B = 0 (both cannot be zero since in that case the equation (1)
coeicients A, B in the above equation. The following cases arise: reduces to a linear equation). Assume A ≠ 0 and B = 0.
(i) If A = B ≠ 0, equation (1) may be written as The equation (1) becomes Ax2 + Gx + Fy + C = 0
G F C G G2 G2
A( x 2 + y 2 ) + Gx + Fy + C = 0 or x2 + y 2 + x+ y+ =0 or A x2 + x + = - Fy - C +
A A A A 4 A2 4A
G F G2 F 2 C G
2
C G2
which represents a circle with centre at - ,- and radius + - . or A x +
2A 2A 4 A2 4 A A = -F y + -
2A F 4 AF
(ii) If A ≠ B and both are of the same sign, then we have G C G2
or AX = - FY , where X = x +
2
, Y = y+ -
(Ax2 + Gx) + (By2 + Fy) + C = 0 2A F 4 AF
which is standard equation of a parabola in XY-coordinates system.
2 G G2 2 F F 2 G2 F 2 We summarize these results as under:
or A x + x + 2
+ B y + y + 2
= + -C Let an equation of second degree be of the form Ax2 + By2 + Gx + Fy + C = 0.
A 4 A B 4 B 4 A 4 B
2 2 It represents:
G F G2 F 2
or A x + + B y + = + -C (2) (i) a circle if A = B ≠ 0
2A 2B 4 A 4B
G F (ii) an ellipse if A ≠ B and both are of the same sign
If we write X+= x += , Y y , then (2) can be written as (iii) a hyperbola if A ≠ B and both are of opposite signs
4A 2B
(iv) a parabola if either A = 0 or B = 0.
G2 F 2 X2 Y2
AX + BY =
2 2
+ - C = K (say) or + = 1
4 A 4B ( K A )2 ( K B )2
6.9.1 Classiication of Conics by the Discriminant
which is standard equation of an ellipse in XY-coordinate system.
(iii) If A ≠ B and both have opposite signs (say A is positive and B is negative), The most general equation of the second degree
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
68 69
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
x = X cosq - Y sin q 2 2
(3) 3X - Y 3 X - Y X + 3Y X + 3Y
y = X sin q + Y cosq 7 - 6 3 + 13 = 16
2 2 2 2
Substitution of these values of x, y into (1) will result in an equation of the form (2) in
which product term XY will be missing. Nature of the conic (2) has already been discussed in which simpliies to
the last article.
X2 Y2
Solving equations (3) for X, Y we ind 4 X + 16Y = 16 +
2 2
or= 1 (3)
4 1
This is an ellipse.
X = x cosq + y sin q
(4) Solving equations (2) for X and Y, (or as already found in (4) of 7.7.1, we have
- Y = x+sin q y cosq
These equations will be useful in numerical problems. 3x + y -x + 3y
X == , Y
2 2
Note: Under certain conditions equation (1) may not represent any conic. In such a case
Centre of the ellipse (3) is X = 0, Y = 0
we say (1) represents a degenerate conic.
One such degenerate conic is a pair of straight lines represented by (1) if i.e., 3 x + y = 0 - + and = x 3y 0
giving x = 0, y = 0. Thus centre of (1) is (0, 0)
Length of the major axis = 4, length of minor axis = 2
a h g
Vertices of (3) are: X = ±2, Y = 0
h b f = 0.
g f c 3x + y -x + 3y
i.e., = 2 and ± 0 =
2 2
The proofs of the above observations are beyond our scope and are omitted.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
70 71
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
X2 Y2 x+ y -x + y x+ y -x + y
- =1 (3) i.e., - = 0 and - =0
8 8 2 2 2 2
which is a hyperbola. i.e., x = 0 and y = 0 are equations of the asymptotes of (1).
Solving equations (2) for X, Y, we have
Example 3: By a rotation of axes, eliminate the xy-term in the equation
x+ y -x + y
X == , Y 9x2 + 12xy + 4y2 + 2x - 3y = 0 (1)
2 2
Identify the conic and ind its elements.
Centre of the hyperbola (3) is
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
72 73
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
Solution: Here a = 9, b = 4, 2h = 12. The angle q through which axes be rotated to given by
1
12 12 or 13 X 2 - 13 Y = 0 =or X2 Y
tan 2q = = 13
9-4 5 which is a parabola.
2 tan q 12
or = 3x + 2 y -2 x + 3 y
1 - tan q
2
5 Solving equation (2) for X, Y, we have X = ,Y =
13 13
or 5 tan q = 6 - 6tan2 q Elements of the parabola are:
or 6 tan2 q + 5 tan q - 6 = 0
1
Focus: X = 0, Y=
-5 ± 25 + 144 -5 ± 13
2 -3 4 13
tan q = = = ,
12 12
3 2 3x + 2 y -2 x + 3 y 1
i.e., ==0 and
2 13 13 4 13
Since q lies in the irst quadrant, tan q = - is not admissible.
3
2 2 3 1 3 1 3
tan q = ⇒ sin=q , cos=q Solving these equations, we have- x = = , y - i.e., Focus
= ,
3 13 13 26 52 26 52
Equations of transformation become
Vertex: X=0, Y = 0 i.e., 3x + 2y = 0 and -2x + 3y = 0
3 2 i.e., x = 0, y = 0 i.e., (0, 0)
x = X cosq - Y sin q = X- Y
13 13 Axis: X=0 i.e., 3x + 2y = 0
(2)
2 3
y = X sin q + Y cosq = X+ Y
13 13 2
x-intercept = - ,
3
y -intercept = .
Substituting these expressions for x and y into (1), we get 9 4
9 12 4 Example 4: Show that 2x2 - xy + 5x - 2y + 2 = 0 represents a pair of lines. Also ind an
(3 X - 2Y ) 2 + (3 X - 2Y )(3 X + 3Y ) + (2 X + 3Y ) 2
( 13) 2
13 13 equation of each line.
2 3 1 5
+ (3 X - 2Y ) - (2 X + 3Y ) = 0 Solution: Here a = 2, b = 0,- h = -= , g =, f 1, c = 2.
13 13 2 2
9 12 1 5
or (9 X 2 - 12 XY + 9Y 2 ) + (6 X 2 + 5 XY - 6Y 2 ) 2 -
13 13 a h g 2 2
4 1
+ (4 X 2 + 12 XY - 9Y 2 ) - 13Y = 0 h b -f = - 0 1
13 2
g f c
81 72 16 2 108 60 48 5
or -1 2
+ + X +- + + XY 2
13 13 13 13 13 13
36 72 36 2 1 5 5
+ - + Y - 13Y = 0 = -1 + + 1 -2 +
13 13 13 2 2 4
74 75
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab 6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
ax1 + hy1 + g 1
y - y1 = - ( x1 , y1 ) 0.x - ( x. 2 + 0.y) + 2 y - 2 = 0
hx1 + by1 + f 2
or x - 2y + 2 2 = 0
or ( x - x1 )(ax1 + hy1 + g ) + ( y - y1 )(hx1 + by1 + f ) = 0
Tangent at ( 2, 2) is
or axx1 + hxy1 + gx + + hx1 y + by1 y + fy
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
76 77
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
6. Conic Sections eLearn.Punjab
1
2 x - ( 2 x + 2 y) + 2 y - 2 = 0
2
or 2 x+ 2 y-4=0
EXERCISE 6.9
3. Find an equation of the tangent to each of the given conics at the indicated point.
(i) 3x2 - 7y2 + 2x - y - 48 = 0 at (4, 1)
(ii) x2 + 5xy - 4y2 + 4 = 0 at y = -1
(iii) x2 + 4xy - 3y2 - 5x - 9y + 6 = 0 at x = 3.
version: 1.1
78
version: 1.1
CHAPTER
7 Vectors
7.1 INTRODUCTION (iii) If terminal point B of a vector AB coincides with its initial point A, then magnitude
AB = 0 and AB = 0 , which is called zero or null vector.
In physics, mathematics and engineering, we encounter with two important quantities,
(iv) Two vectors are said to be negative of each other if they have same magnitude but
known as “Scalars and Vectors”.
opposite direction.
A scalar quantity, or simply a scalar, is one that possesses only magnitude. It can
If AB = v , then BA = - AB = - v
be speciied by a number alongwith unit. In Physics, the quantities like mass, time, density,
temperature, length, volume, speed and work are examples of scalars. and BA = - AB
A vector quantity, or simply a vector, is one that possesses
both magnitude and direction. In Physics, the quantities like displacement, velocity, 7.1.2 Multiplication of Vector by a Scalar
acceleration, weight, force, momentum, electric and magnetic ields are examples of vectors.
In this section, we introduce vectors and their fundamental operations we begin with We use the word scalar to mean a real number. Multiplication of a vector v by a scalar
a geometric interpretation of vector in the plane and in space. ‘k’ is a vector whose magnitude is k times that of v. It is denoted by kv .
(i) If k is +ve, then v and kv are in the same direction.
(ii) If k is -ve, then v and kv are in the opposite direction
2 3
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
4 5
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
For the vector u = [x, y], x and y are called the components of u. 7.1.6 Properties of Magnitude of a Vector
Note: The vector [x, y] is an ordered pair of numbers, not a point (x, y) in the plane.
Let v be a vector in the plane or in space and let c be a real number, then
(a) Negative of a Vector (i) v ≥ 0, and v = 0 if and only if v = 0
In scalar multiplication (ii), if a = -1 and u = [x, y] then (ii) cv = c v
au = (-1) [x, y] = [-x, -y]
which is denoted by -u and is called the additive inverse of u or negative vector of u. Proof: (i) We write vector v in component form as v = [x, y], then
v = x 2 + y 2 ≥ 0 for all x and y.
(b) Diference of two Vectors
We deine u - v as u + (-v) Further v = x 2 + y 2 = 0 if and only if x = 0, y = 0
In this case v = [0,0] = 0
If u ==[ x, y ] and v [ x' , y′], then
u - v = u + (-v) ( cx ) + ( cy ) = c 2 x 2 + y 2 = c v
2 2
(ii) cv = cx, cy =
= [ x, y ] + [ - x′ - y′] = [ x - x′, y - y′]
7.1.7 Another notation for representing vectors in plane
(c) Zero Vector
Clearly u + (-u) = [x, y] + [-x, -y] = [x - x, y - y] = [0,0] = 0. We introduce two special vectors,
0 = [0,0] is called the Zero (Null) vector. i = [1,0], j = [0,1] in R 2
6 7
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
7.1.8 A unit vector in the direction of another given vector. Example 3: Find a unit vector in the direction of the vector
(i) v = 2i + 6 j (ii) v =[-2,4]
A vector u is called a unit vector, if u = 1
Now we ind a unit vector u in the direction of any other given vector v. Solution: (i) v = 2i + 6 j
We can do by the use of property (ii) of magnitude of vector, as follows:
( 2) + ( 6 ) = 4 + 36 = 40
2 2
v=
v 2 6 1 3
1 1 ∴ A unit vector in the direction of v == + i = j + i j
= v =1 v 40 40 10 10
v v
(ii) v = [ -2, 4] = -2i + 4 j
1
∴ the vector v = v is the required unit vector
( -2 ) + ( 4 ) = 4 + 16 = 20
2 2
v v=
It points in the same direction as v, because it is a positive scalar multiple of v. v -2 4 -1 2
∴ A unit vector in the direction of v = + i = j + i j
v 20 20 5 5
Example 1:
Example 4: If ABCD is a parallelogram such that the points A, B and C are respectively
For v = [1, -3] and w = [2,5] (-2, -3), (1,4) and (0, -5). Find the coordinates of D.
(i) v + w = [1, -3] + [2,5] = [1 + 2, -3 + 5] = [3,2]
(ii) 4v + 2w = [4, -12] + [4,10] = [8,-2] Solution: Suppose the coordinates of D are (x, y)
(iii) v - w = [1, -3]- [2,5] = [l - 2, -3 -5] = [-1,-8] As ABCD is a parallelogram
(iv) v - v = [l -1, -3 + 3] = [0,0] = 0 ∴ AB = DC and AB DC
(v) v = (1) 2 + (-3) 2 = 1 + 9 = 10 ⇒ AB = DC
∴ (1 + 2)i + (4 + 3) j = (0 - x)i + (-5 - y ) j
Example 2: Find the unit vector in the same direction as the vector v = [3, -4]. ⇒ 3i + 7 j = - xi + (-5 - y ) j
Equating horizontal and vertical components, we have
Solution: v = [3, -4] = 3i - 4 j -x = 3 ⇒ x = -3
v = 32 + (-4) 2 = 25 = 5 and -5 - y = 7 ⇒ y = -12
Hence coordinates of D are (-3, 12).
1 1
Now u= v = [3, -4] (u is unit vector in the direction of v)
v 5
7.1.9 The Ratio Formula
3 -4
= ,
5 5
Let A and B be two points whose position vectors (p.v.) are a and b respectively. If a
2 2
3 -4 9 16 point P divides AB in the ratio p : q, then the position vector of P is given by
Veriication: u = + = + =1
5 5 25 25
8 9
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
qa + pb Now 2OC = a + b
r=
p+q ⇒ OC + OC = OA + OB
Proof: Given a and b are position vectors of the points A and B respectively. Let r be
⇒ OC - OA = OB - OC
the position vector of the point P which divides the line segment AB in the ratio p : q. That is
⇒ OC + AO = OB + CO
m AP : mPB = p : q
⇒ AO + OC = CO + OB
m AP p
So = ∴ AC = CB
mPB q
Thus m AC = mCB
⇒ ( ) ( )
q m AP = p mPB ⇒ C is equidistant from A and B, but A, B, C are collinear.
( ) ( )
Thus q AP = p PB Hence C is the mid point of AB.
⇒ q (r - a ) = p (b - r )
⇒ qr - qa = pb - pr Example 6: Use vectors, to prove that the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each
⇒ pr + qr = qa + pb
other.
⇒ r ( p + q ) = qa + pb
Solution: Let the vertices of the parallelogram be A, B, C and D (see igure)
qa + pb
⇒ r= Since AC = AB + AD , the vector from A to the mid point of diagonal AC is
q+ p
1
Corollary: If P is the mid point of AB, then p : q = 1 : 1
(
v = AB + AD
2
)
a+b
∴ positive vector of P = r = Since DB = AB - AD , the vector from A to the mid point of diagonal DB is
2
1
(
w = AD + AB - AD
2
)
7.1.10 Vector Geometry 1 1
= AD + AB - AD
2 2
Let us now use the concepts of vectors discussed so far in proving Geometrical
Theorems. A few examples are being solved here to illustrate the method.
1
(
= AB + AD
2
)
=v
Example 5: If a and b be the p.vs of A and B respectively w.r.t. origin O, and C be a point Since v = w , these mid points of the diagonals AC and DB are the same.
a+b Thus the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.
on AB such that OC = , then show that C is the mid-point of AB.
2
10 11
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
EXERCISE 7.1 (i) Point C with position vector 2i - 3 j and point D with position vector 3i + 2 j in
the ratio 4 : 3
1. Write the vector PQ in the form xi + y j . (ii) Point E with position vector 5 j and point F with position vector 4i + j in ratio 2 : 5
(i) P(2,3), Q(6, -2) (ii) P(0,5), Q(-1, -6) 13. Prove that the line segment joining the mid points of two sides of a triangle is
2. Find the magnitude of the vector u: parallel to the third side and half as long.
(i) u = 2i - 7 j (ii) u =i+ j (iii) u = [3, - 4] 14. Prove that the line segments joining the mid points of the sides of a quadrilateral
3. If u = 2i - 7 j , v = i - 6 j and w = -i + j . Find the following vectors: taken in order form a parallelogram.
1 1 1
(i) u+v-w (ii) 2u - 3v + 4w (iii)
2
u+ v+ w
2 2
7.2 INTRODUCTION OF VECTOR IN SPACE
4. Find the sum of the vectors AB and CD , given the four points A(1, -1), B(2 ,0 ), In space, a rectangular coordinate system is constructed
C(-1, 3) and D(-2, 2). using three mutually orthogonal (perpendicular) axes, which
5. Find the vector from the point A to the origin where AB = 4i - 2 j and B is the point have orgin as their common point of intersection. When
(-2, 5). sketching igures, we follow the convention that the positive
6. Find a unit vector in the direction of the vector given below: x-axis points towards the reader, the positive y-axis to the
right and the positive z-axis points upwards.
1 3 3 1
(i) v = 2i - j (ii) v= i+ j (iii) -v = - i j
2 2 2 2
7. If A, B and C are respectively the points (2, -4), (4, 0) and (1, 6). Use vector method
to ind the coordinates of the point D if: These axis are also labeled in accordance with the right
(i) ABCD is a parallelogram (ii) ADBC is a parallelogram hand rule. If ingers of the right hand, pointing in the direction
8. If B, C and D are respectively (4, 1), (-2, 3) and (-8, 0). Use vector method to ind of positive x-axis, are curled toward the positive y-axis,
the coordinates of the point: then the thumb will point in the direction of positive z-axis,
(i) A if ABCD is a parallelogram. (ii) E if AEBD is a parallelogram. perpendicular to the xy-plane. The broken lines in the igure
represent the negative axes.
9. If O is the origin and OP = AB , ind the point P when A and B are (-3, 7) and (1, 0)
respectively.
10. Use vectors, to show that ABCD is a parallelogram, when the points A, B, C and D
A point P in space has three coordinates, one along
are respectively (0, 0), (a, 0), (b, c) and (b - a, c).
x-axis, the second along y-axis and the third along z-axis. If the
11. If AB = CD , ind the coordinates of the point A when points B, C, D are (1, 2), (-2, 5),
distances along x-axis, y-axis and z-axis respectively are a, b,
(4, 11) respectively.
and c, then the point P is written with a unique triple of real
12. Find the position vectors of the point of division of the line segments joining the
numbers as P = (a, b, c) (see igure).
following pair of points, in the given ratio:
12 13
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
7.2.1 Concept of a vector in space f) Magnitude of a vector: We deine the magnitude or norm or length of a vector u
in space by the distance of the point P(x, y, z) from the origin O.
The set R3 = {(x, y, z) : x, y, z d R} is called the ∴ OP = u = x 2 + y 2 + z 2
3-dimensional space. An element (x, y, z) of R3 represents
a point P(x, y, z), which is uniquely determined by its Example 1: For the vectors, v = [2,1,3] and w = [-1,4,0], we have the following
coordinates x, y and z. Given a vector u in space, there (i) v + w = [2 - 1, 1 + 4, 3 + 0]= [l,5,3]
exists a unique point P(x, y, z) in space such that the (ii) v - w = [2 + 1,1 - 4, 3 - 0]= [3, -3, 3]
vector OP is equal to u (see igure). (iii) 2w =2[-1, 4, 0] = [-2, 8, 0]
Now each element (x, y, z ) d P3 is associated to
(iv) v - 2 w = [ 2 + 2,1 - 8,3 - 0] = [ 4, -7,3] = ( 4)
2
+ ( -7 ) + ( 3) = 16 + 49 + 9 = 74
2 2
14 15
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
(ii) Since for any three real numbers a, b, c, 7.2.4 Distance Between two Points in Space
(a + b) + c = a + (b + c) , it follows that
for any three vectors, u = [ x, y ], v ==[ x′, y′] and w [ x′′, y′′] in R 2 , we have
If OP1 and OP2 are the position vectors of the points
(u + v) + w = [ x + x′, y + y′] + [ x′′, y′′]
P1 ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and P2 ( x2 , y2 , z2 )
= [( x + x′) + x′′,( y + y′) + y′′]
= [ x + ( x′ + x′′), y + ( y′ + y′′)] The vector PP1 2 , is given by
= [ x, y ] + [ x′ + x′′, y′ + y′′]
1 2 = OP2 - OP1 = [ x2 - x1 , y2 - y1 , z2 - z1 ]
PP
= u + (v + w)
So addition of vectors in R2 is associative ∴ Distance between P1 and P2 = PP 1 2
The proofs of the other parts are left as an exercise for the students.
= ( x2 - x1 ) 2 + ( y2 - y1 ) 2 + ( z2 - z1 )2
7.2.3 Another notation for representing vectors in space This is called distance formula between two points P1 and P2 in R3,
= xi + y j + zk ∴ v = 2u
⇒ u and v are parallel vectors, and have same direction
Thus each vector [x, y, z] in R3 can be uniquely represented by xi + y j + zk .
Again w = -6i - 9 j - 3k
In terms of unit vector i , j and k , , the sum u + v of two vectors
= -3(2i + 3 j + k )
u ==[ x, y, z ] and v [ x′, y′, z′] is written as ∴ w = -3u
u + v = [ x + x′, y + y′, z + z′]
⇒ u and w are parallel vectors and have opposite direction.
= ( x + x′ ) i + ( y + y′ ) j + ( z + z′ ) k Hence u, v and w are parallel to each other.
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
16 17
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
x2 y 2 z 2 x2 + y 2 + z 2 r 2
∴ cos a + cos b + cos g = 2 + 2 + 2 =
2 2 2
= 2 =1
r r r r2 r
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
18 19
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
11. Find the direction cosines for the given vector: 7.3.1 Deductions of the Important Results
(i) v = 3i - j + 2k (ii) 6i - 2 j + k
(iii) PQ, where P ==(2, 1, 5) and Q (1, 3, 1) . By Applying the deinition of dot product to unit vectors i, j , k , we have,
12. Which of the following triples can be the direction angles of a single vector:
(a) i.i == i i cos 0 1 (b) i. j == i j cos 90 0
(i) 450, 450, 600 (ii) 300, 450, 600 (iii) 450, 600, 600
j. j == j j cos 0 1 j.k == j k cos 90 0
7.3 THE SCALAR PRODUCT OF TWO VECTORS k .k == k k cos 0 1 k .i == k i cos 90 0
(c) u.v = u v cosq
We shall now consider products of two vectors that originated in the study of Physics = v u cos( - q )
and Engineering. The concept of angle between two vectors is expressed in terms of a scalar
= v u cosq
product of two vectors.
⇒ u.v = v.u
Deinition 1:
Let two non-zero vectors u and v, in the plane or in space, have same initial point. The ∴ Dot product of two vectors is commutative.
dot product of u and v, written as u.v, is deined by
u.v = u v cosq
Deinition: Two non-zero vectors u and v are perpendicular if and only if u.v = 0.
p p
Since angle between u and v is and cos =0
2 2
p
where q is the angle between u and v and 0767p so u.v = u v cos
2
Deinition 2:
∴ u.v = 0
(a) If+ u = a1 i b+1 j = and v a2 i b2 j .
are two non-zero vectors in the plane. The dot product u.v is deined by Note: As 0 . b = 0, for every vector b. So the zero vector is regarded to be perpendicular
u.v = a1a2 +b1b2 to every vector.
(b) If u = a1 i + b1 j + c1 k and v = a2 i + b2 j + c2 k .
are two non-zero vectors in space. The dot product u.v is deined by 7.3.3 Properties of Dot Product
u.v = a1a2 + b1b2 + c1c2
Let u, v and w be vectors and let c be a real number, then
Note: The dot product is also referred to the scalar product or the inner product.
(i) u.v = 0 ⇒ u = 0 or v = 0
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
20 21
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
22 23
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
⇒ (2i + a j + 5k ) . (3i + j + a k ) = 0
a1a2 + b1b2 + c1c2
∴ cosq = ⇒ 6 + a + 5a = 0
a +b +c
1
2
1
2
1
2
a2 + b2 + c2
2 2 2
∴ -a = 1
Corollaries:
Example 6:
(i) If q = 0 or p, the vectors u and v are collinear.
Show that the vectors 2i - j + k , i - 3 j - 5k and 3i - 4 j - 4k form the sides of a right
p triangle.
(ii) If q = , cosq = 0 ⇒ u.v = 0.
2 Solution:
The vectors u and v are perpendicular or orthogonal.
Let AB = 2i - j + k and BC = i - 3 j - 5k
Example 4: Find the angle between the vectors Now AB + BC = (2i - j + k ) + (i - 3 j - 5k )
u = 2i - j + k and v = -i + j = 3i - 4 j - 4k = AC (third side)
∴ AB , BC and AC form a triangle ABC.
Solution: u . v = (2i - j + k ) . (-i + j + 0k )
= (2)(-1) + (-1)(1) + (1)(0) = -3 Further we prove that rABC is a right triangle
∴ u = 2i - j + k = (2) 2 + (-1) 2 + (1) 2 = 6 AB . BC = (2i - j + k ).(i - 3 j - 5k )
= (2)(1) + (-1)(-3) + (1)(-5)
and v = -i + j + 0k = (-1) 2 + (1) 2 + (0) 2 = 2
= 2+3-5
u.v =0
Now cosq =
u.v ∴ AB ⊥ BC
-3 3 Hence rABC is a right triangle.
⇒ - q =
cos =
6 2 2
5p 7.3.6 Projection of one Vector upon another Vector:
∴q=
6
In many physical applications, it is required to know
“how much” of a vector is applied along a given direction.
Example 5: Find a scalar a so that the vectors
For this purpose we ind the projection of one vector
2i + a j + 5k and 3i + j + a k are perpendicular.
along the other vector.
Let OA = u and OB = v
Solution:
Let q be the angle between them, such that
Let u = 2i + a j + 5k and v = 3i + j + a k
0 7 q 7 p.
It is given that u and v are perpendicular
∴ u . v=0
24 25
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
Solution: Let the vectors a, b and c be along the sides BC, CA and AB of the triangle ABC as
Draw BM ⊥ OA . Then OM is called the projection of v along u.
shown in the igure.
OM ∴ a+b+c=0
Now = cosq , that is,
OB ⇒ a = -(b + c)
OM = OB cosq = v cosq (1) Now a.a = (b + c).(b + c)
⇒ = b.b + b.c + c.b + c.c
u.v
By deinition, cosq = (2)
u v ⇒ a2 = b2 + 2b.c + c2 ( b.c c.b)
u.v ⇒ a2 = b2 + c2 + 2bc.cos(p - A)
From (1) and (2), OM = v .
u v ∴ a2 = b2 + c2 - 2bc cos A
u.v (ii) a + b + c = 0
∴ Projection of v along u =
u ⇒ a = -b - c
u.v Take dot product with a
Similarly, projection of u along v =
v a.a = -a.b - a.c
= - ab cos(p - C) - ac cos(p - B)
a2 = ab cos C +ac CosB
Example 7: Show that the components of a vector are the projections of that vector
⇒ a = b cos C + c CosB
along i , j and k respectively.
Example 9: Prove that: cos(a - b) = cos a cos b + sin a sin b
Solution: Let v = ai + b j + ck , then
Solution: Let OA and OB be the unit vectors in the xy-plane making angles a and b
v.i
Projection of v along i = = (ai + b j + ck ).i = a with the positive x-axis.
i
So that ∠AOB = a - b
v. j
Projection of v along j = = (ai + b j + ck ). j = b Now OA = cos a i + sin a j
j
v.k and OB = cos b i + sin b j
Projection of v along k = = (ai + b j + ck ).k = c
k
∴ OA.OB = (cos a i + sin a j ).(cos b i + sin b j )
Hence components a, b and c of vector v = ai + b j + ck are projections of vector v along
i, j and k respectively.
⇒ OA OB cos(a - b ) = cos a cos b + sin a sin b
Example 8: Prove that in any triangle ABC ∴ cos(a - b ) = cos a cos b + sin a sin b ( )
∴ OA = OB = 1
(i) a2 = b2 + c2 - 2bc cos A (Cosine Law)
(ii) a = b cosC + c cosB (Projection Law)
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
26 27
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
1. Find the cosine of the angle q between u and v: where q is the angle between the vectors, such that 0 7 q 7 p and n̂ is a “unit vector
perpendicular to the plane of u and v with direction given by the right hand rule.
(i) u = 3i + j - k , v = 2i - j + k (ii) u = i - 3 j + 4k , v = 4i - j + 3k
(iii) - u = [ 3,=5] , v [ 6, - 2] (iv) u -= [ 2, 3, 1=] , v [ 2, 4, 1]
2. Calculate the projection of a along b and projection of b along a when:
(i) a-= i k+=
, b j k (ii) a = 3i + j - k , b = -2i - j + k
3. Find a real number a so that the vectors u and v are perpendicular.
(i) u = 2a i + j - k , v = i + a j + 4k
(ii) u = a i + 2a j + 3k , v = i + a j + 3k
4. Find the number z so that the triangle with vertices A(1, -1, 0), B(-2, 2, 1) and C(0, 2, z)
is a right triangle with right angle at C.
5. If v is a vector for which
v.i = 0, v. j = 0, v.k = 0, find v. .
6. (i) Show that the vectors 3i - 2 j + k , i - 3 j + 5k and 2i + j - 4k form a right angle. Right hand rule
(ii) Show that the set of points P = (1,3,2), Q = (4,1,4) and P = (6,5,5) form a right triangle. (i) If the ingers of the right hand point along the vector u and then curl towards the
7. Show that mid point of hypotenuse a right triangle is equidistant from its vertices. vector v, then the thumb will give the direction of n̂ which is u x v. It is shown in the igure (a).
8. Prove that perpendicular bisectors of the sides of a triangle are concurrent. (ii) In igure (b), the right hand rule shows the direction of v x u.
9. Prove that the altitudes of a triangle are concurrent.
10. Prove that the angle in a semi circle is a right angle. 7.4.1 Derivation of useful results of cross products
11. Prove that cos(a + b) = cos a cos b - sin a sin b (a) By applying the deinition of cross product to unit vectors i, j and k , we have:
12. Prove that in any triangle ABC. (a) i × i = i i sin 0 nˆ = 0
(i) b = c cos A + a cos C (ii) c = a cos B + b cos A
j × j = j j sin 0 nˆ = 0
(iii) b2 = c2 + a2 - 2ca cos B (iv) c2 = a2 + b2 - 2ab cos C.
k × k = k k sin 0 nˆ = 0
7.4 THE CROSS PRODUCT OR VECTOR (b) i × j = i j sin 90 k = k
PRODUCT OF TWO VECTORS j × k = j k sin 90 i = i
k × i = k i sin 90 j = j
The vector product of two vectors is widely used in Physics, particularly, Mechanics and
Electricity. It Is only deined for vectors in space. (c) u × v = u v sin q nˆ = v u sin(-q ) nˆ = - v u sin q nˆ
Let u and v be two non-zero vectors. The cross or vector product of u and v, written as ⇒ u × v = -v × u
u x v, is deined by (d) u × u = u u sin 0 nˆ = 0
28 29
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
i j k
a1 b1 c1 = (b1c2 - c1b2 )i - (a1c2 - c1a2 ) j + (a1b2 - b1a2 )k
a2 b2 c2
Note: The cross product of i, j and k are written in the cyclic pattern. The
given igure is helpful in remembering this pattern. The terms on R.H.S of equation (i) are the same as the terms in the expansion of the above
determinant
i j k
Hence u × v = a1 b1 c1 (ii)
7.4.2 Properties of Cross product a2 b2 c2
30 31
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
32 33
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
a c
= (iii)
sin A sin C i j k
a b c Now AB × AC = 1 2 - 2 = (2 + 4)i - (1 - 4) j + (2 + 4)k = 6i + 3 j + 6k
From (ii) and (iii), we get = =
sin A sin B sin C -2 2 1
7.4.5 Area of Parallelogram The area of the parallelogram with adjacent sides AB and AC is given by
AB × AC = 6i + 3 j + 6k = 36 + 9 + 36 = 81 = 9
If u and v are two non-zero vectors and q is the angle between
u and v, then u and v represent the lengths of the adjacent sides of a parallelogram, (see 1 1 9
∴ Area of triangle = AB × AC = 6i + 3 j + 6k =
2 2 2
igure)
We know that: AB × AC 1 1
A unit vector ⊥ to the plane ABC = = (6i + 3 j + 6k ) = (2i + j + 2k )
Area of parallelogram = base x height AB × AC 9 3
34 35
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
36 37
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
⇒ v × w = (b2c3 - b3c2 )i - (a2c3 - a3c2 ) j + (a2b3 - a3b2 )k Note: (i) The value of the triple scalar product depends upon the cycle order of the
vectors, but is independent of the position of the dot and cross. So the dot and cross, may
∴ u.(v × w) = a1 (b2c3 - b3c2 ) - b1 (a2c3 - a3c2 ) + c1 (a2b3 - a3b2 )
be interchanged without altering the value i.e;
a1 b1 c1 (ii) (u × v) . w = u . (v × w) = [u v w]
⇒ u.(v × w) = a2 b2 c2 (v × w) . u = v . ( w × u ) = [v w u ]
a3 b3 c3 ( w × u ) . v = w . (u × v) = [ w u v]
which is called the determinant formula for scalar triple product of u, v and w in (iii) The value of the product changes if the order is non-cyclic.
component form. (iv) u.v.w and u x (v.w) are meaningless.
a1 b1 c1
Now u.(v × w) = a2 b2 c2 7.5.2 The Volume of the Parallelepiped
a3 b3 c3
The triple scalar product (u x v).w
a2 b2 c2
represents the volume of the parallelepiped
= - a1 b1 c1 Interchanging R1 and R2
having u, v and w as its conterminous edges.
a3 b3 c3
As it is seen from the formula that:
a2 b2 c2
(u × v).w = u × v w cosq
= a3 b3 c3 Interchanging R2 and R3
Hence (i) u × v = area of the parallelogram
a1 b1 c1
with two adjacent sides, u and v.
∴ u.(v × w) = v.( w × u )
(ii) w cosq = height of the parallelepiped
a2 b2 c2
(u × v).w = u × v w cosq = (Area of parallelogram)(height)
Now v.( w × u ) = a3 b3 c3
= Volume of the parallelepiped
a1 b1 c1
Similarly, by taking the base plane formed by v and w, we have
a3 b3 c3 The volume of the parallelepiped = (v x w).u
= - a2 b2 c2 Interchanging R1 and R2 And by taking the base plane formed by w and u, we have
a1 b1 c1 The volume of the parallelepiped = (w x u).v
a3 b3 c3 So, we have: (u x v).w = (v x w).u = (w x u).v
= a1 b1 c1 Interchanging R2 and R3
a2 b2 c2 7.5.3 The Volume of the Tetrahedron:
∴ v.( w × u ) = w.(u × v)
Volume of the tetrahedron ABCD
Hence u.(v × w) = v.( w × u ) = w.(u × v)
1
= (∆ABC ) (height of D above the place ABC )
3
38 39
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
2 -4 5
1 1
= . u × v ( h) AB AC AD = 2 - 3 6 = 2(3 + 6) + 4(-2 - 0) + 5(-2 - 0)
3 2
1 0 -1 -1
= (Area of parallelogram with AB and AC as adjacent sides) (h)
6 = 18 - 8 - 10 = 0
1 As the volume is zero, so the points A, B, C and D are coplaner.
= (V olume of the parallelepiped with u , v, w as edges)
6
1 1
Thus Volume = (u × v).w = [u v w] Example 3: Find the volume of the tetrahedron whose vertices are
6 6
A(2, 1, 8), B(3, 2, 9) , C(2, 1, 4) and D(3, 3, 0)
Properties of triple scalar Product:
Solution: AB = (3 - 2)i + (2 - 1) j + (9 - 8)k = i + j + k
1. If u, v and w are coplanar, then the volume of the parallelepiped so formed is zero
i.e; the vectors u, v, w are coplanar ⇔ (u × v).w = 0 AC = (2 - 2)i + (1 - 1) j + (4 - 8)k = 0i - 0 j - 4k
2. If any two vectors of triple scalar product are equal, then its value is zero i.e; AD = (3 - 2)i + (3 - 1) j + (0 - 8)k = i + 2 j - 8k
[u u w] = [u v v] = 0
1
∴ Volume of the tetrahedron = AB AC AD
6
Example 1: Find the volume of the parallelepiped determined by 1 1 1
1 1 4 2
u = i + 2 j - k , v = i - j + 3k , w = i - 7 j - 4k = 0 0 - 4 = [ 4(2 - 1) ] = =
6 6 6 3
1 2 -8
1 2 -1
Solution: V olume of the parallelepiped = u.v × w = 1 - 2 3
Example 4: Find the value of a, so that a i + j , i + j + 3k and 2i + j - 2k are coplaner.
1 -7 -4
⇒ Volume = 1 (8 + 21) - 2(-4 - 3) -1 (-7 + 2) Solution: Let u = a i + j , v = i + j + 3k and w = 2i + j - 2k
= 29+ 14 + 5 = 48 Triple scalar product
a 1 0
Example 2: Prove that four points
A(-3, 5, -4), B(-1, 1, 1), C(-1, 2, 2) and D(-3, 4, -5) are coplaner.
[ u v w] = 1 1 3 = a (-2 - 3) - 1(-2 - 6) + 0(1 - 2)
2 1 -2
Solution: AB = (-1 + 3)i + (1 - 5) j + (1 + 4)k = 2i - 4 j + 5k
= -5a + 8
AC = (-1 + 3)i + (2 - 5) j + (2 + 4)k = 2i - 3 j + 6k
8
AD = (3 - 3)i + (4 - 5) j + (-5 + 4)k = 0i - j - k = - j - k The vectors will be coplaner if -5a + 8 = 0 ⇒ a=
5
Volume of the parallelepiped formed by AB , AC and AD is
40 41
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
Example 5: Prove that the points whose position vectors are A(-6i + 3 j + 2k ) ,
In igure, a constant force F acting on a body, displaces it from A to B.
B (3i - 2 j + 4k ) , C (5i + 7 j + 3k ) , D(-13i + 17 j - k ) are coplaner. ∴ Work done = (component of F along AB) (displacement)
Solution: Let O be the origin. ==( F cosq )( AB) F . AB
∴ OA = -6i + 3 j + 2k ; OB = 3i - 2 j + 4k
∴ OC = 5i + 7 j + 3k ; OD
- =+ 13i - 17 j k Example 6: Find the work done by a constant force F = 2i + 4 j ,, if its points of application
∴ AB = OB - OA = (3i - 2 j + 4k ) - (-6i + 3 j + 2k ) to a body moves it from A(1, 1) to B(4, 6).
∴ = 9i - 5 j + 2k (Assume that F is measured in Newton and d in meters.)
AC = OC - OA = (5i + 7 j + 3k ) - (-6i + 3 j + 2k )
Solution: The constant force F = 2i + 4 j ,
∴ = 11i + 4 j + k
The displacement of the body = d = AB
AD = OD - OA = (-13i + 17 j - k ) - (-6i + 3 j + 2k )
= (4 - 1)i + (6 - 1) j = 3i + 5 j
∴ = -7i + 14 j - 3k
9 -5 2 ∴ work done = F . d
Now AB.( AC × AD) = 11 4 1 +
= (2i 4 j )+. (3i 5 j )
-7 14 -3 = (2)(3) + (4)(5) = 26 nt. m
= 9(-12 - 14) + 5(-33 + 7) + 2(154 + 28)
- = 234
- +
130 =
364 0
Example 7: The constant forces 2i + 5 j + 6k and - i + 2 j + k act on a body, which is
∴ AB, AC , AD are coplaner
⇒ The points A, B, C and D are coplaner. displaced from position P(4,-3,-2) to Q(6,1,-3). Find the total work done.
42 43
1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab 1. Quadratic Equations eLearn.Punjab
7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab 7. Vectors eLearn.Punjab
2. Verify that
(b) Moment of Force a . b×c = b . c×a = c . a×b
Let a force F ( PQ) act at a point P as shown in the igure, if a = 3i - j + 5k , b = 4i + 3 j - 2k , and c = 2i + 5 j + k
then moment of F about O. 3. Prove that the vectors i - 2 j + 3k , - 2i + 3 j - 4k and i - 3 j + 5k are coplanar
= product of force F and perpendicular ON . nˆ 4. Find the constant a such that the vectors are coplanar.
==( PQ)(ON )(nˆ ) ( PQ)(OP )sin q . nˆ (i) i- j+k , i - 2 j - 3k and 3i - a j + 5k .
= OP × PQ = r × F (ii) i - 2 a j - k , i - j + 2k and a i - j + k
5. (a) Find the value of:
(i) 2i × 2 j.k (ii) 3 j.k × i (iii)
k i j (iv) [i i k ]
(b) Prove that u.( v × w ) + v.( w × u ) + w.( u × v ) = 3 u.( v × w )
Example 8: Find the moment about the point M(-2 , 4, -6) of the force represented by
6. Find volume of the Tetrahedron with the vertices
AB , where coordinates of points A and B are (1, 2, -3) and (3, -4, 2) respectively.
(i) (0, 1, 2), (3, 2, 1), (1, 2, 1) and (5, 5, 6)
(ii) (2, 1, 8), (3, 2, 9), (2, 1, 4) and (3, 3, 10) .
Solution: AB = (3 - 1)i + (-4 - 2) j + (2 + 3)k = 2i - 6 j + 5k 7. Find the work done, if the point at which the constant force F = 4i + 3 j + 5k is applied
MA = (1 + 2)i + (2 - 4) j + (-3 + 6)k = 3i - 2 j + 3k to an object, moves from P1 (3,1, -2) to P2 (2,4,6) .
Moment of AB about ( - 2, 4, - 6) = r × F = MA × AB 8. A particle, acted by constant forces 4i + j - 3k and 3i - j - k , is displaced from
i j k A(1, 2, 3) to B(5, 4, 1). Find the work done.
9. A particle is displaced from the point A(5, -5, -7) to the point B(6, 2, -2) under the
= 3 -2 3
2 -6 5 action of constant forces deined by 10i - j + 11k , 4i + 5 j + 9k and -2i + j - 9k . Show that
the total work done by the forces is 102 units.
= (-10 + 18)i - (15 - 6) j + (-18 + 4)k
10. A force of magnitude 6 units acting parallel to 2i - 2 j + k displaces, the point of
= 8i - 9 j - 14k application from (1, 2, 3) to (5, 3, 7). Find the work done.
Magnitude of the moment = (8) 2 + (-9) 2 + (-14) 2 = 341 11. A force F = 3i + 2 j - 4k is applied at the point (1, -1, 2). Find the moment of the force
about the point (2, -1, 3).
EXERCISE 7.5 12. A force F = 4i - 3k , passes through the point A(2,-2,5). Find the moment of F about
the point B(1,-3,1).
1. Find the volume of the parallelepiped for which the given vectors are three edges. 13. Give a force F = 2i + j - 3k acting at a point A(1, -2, 1). Find the moment of F about the
(i) u = 3i + 2k ; v =i +2 j +k ; w = -j +4k point B(2, 0, -2).
(ii) u =i-4j-k ; v = i - j - 2k ; w = 2i - 3 j + k 14. Find the moment about A(1, 1, 1) of each of the concurrent forces i - 2 j , 3i + 2 j - k ,
(iii) u = i - 2 j - 3k ; v = 2i - j - k ; w= j+k 5 j + 2k , where P(2,0,1) is their point of concurrency.
15. A force F = 7i + 4 j - 3k is applied at P(1,-2,3). Find its moment about the point Q(2,1,1).
version: 1.1 version: 1.1
44 45